Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Furnishings, Fixtures & Appliances / Lifetime Brands, Inc.

Lifetime Brands, Inc.

lcut · NASDAQ Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker lcut
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Furnishings, Fixtures & Appliances
Employees 1180
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · Lifetime Brands, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
L

I

F
E
T

I

M
E

B
R
A
N
D
S

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
0
8

 
 
 
 
 
Company Profi le

Lifetime Brands, Inc. is North America’s leading designer, developer and 
marketer of a broad range of nationally branded consumer products used in the 

home, in such categories as Kitchenware, Cutlery & Cutting Boards, Bakeware 

& Cookware, Pantryware & Spices, Dinnerware, Flatware, Glassware, Home 

Décor, Picture Frames and Bath Accessories.

Kamenstein® 360° Pepper Grinder

KitchenAid® 20 Piece Side–Tang Cutlery Set

Mikasa® Modernist Place Setting

Dear Fellow Shareholders:

The past year was the most difficult period that I have experienced in the over 40 years I have been involved in the 
household products industry. The relentless drumbeat of bad economic news accelerated during the year, dampening 
consumer spending to the point of paralysis and taking a severe toll on most retailers. This punishing clamor reached 
epic proportions following the collapse of the credit and stock markets during the second half of the year, the period  
in which Lifetime does the majority of its business. As a result, Lifetime’s financial results fell far short of expectations.

•	Net	sales	for	2008	reached	$487.9	million,	a	decrease	of	1.2%	from	2007.

•		Net	sales	for	our	wholesale	segment	in	2008	were	$403.6	million,	a	decrease	of	3.2%	from	2007.

•		Excluding	net	sales	of	$32.8	million	attributable	to	our	purchase	of	the	Mikasa®	brand	in	June	2008,	

net	wholesale	sales	were	$370.8	million,	a	decrease	of	11.1%	from	2007.

•		Net	sales	for	the	direct–to–consumer	segment	in	2008	were	$84.3	million	compared	to	$76.8	million	for	
2007;	however,	the	increase	was	primarily	due	to	the	going–out–of	business	sales	at	the	Company’s	retail	
stores and, to a lesser extent, to an increase in Internet sales.

In	2008,	Lifetime	recorded	the	first	net	loss	in	its	history.	The	loss	was	$49	million	(net	of	tax	benefit	of	$10.5	million)	or	
$4.09	per	diluted	share,	compared	to	net	income	of	$8.9	million,	or	$0.68	per	diluted	share	in	2007.	The	Company’s	net	
loss	for	2008	included	pre–tax	charges	of	$57.3	million	for	the	following	special	items:

•		$29.4	million	in	non–cash	charges	attributable	to	the	write–off	of	goodwill	and	certain	intangible	assets

•		$18	million	of	restructuring	charges,	of	which	$3.9	million	was	non–cash,	primarily	attributable	to	the	 

closing	of	the	Company’s	retail	stores

•	$6.9	million	of	operating	losses	attributable	to	the	retail	stores

•	$3	million	in	non–recurring	transition	expenses	related	to	our	acquisition	of	Mikasa.

Excluding	these	items,	the	Company	would	have	reported	a	net	loss	for	2008	of	$2	million,	or	$0.17	per	diluted	share.	
For	a	detailed	discussion	of	the	Company’s	2008	financial	results,	please	see	the	Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis	
section	in	our	Form	10–K,	which	is	included	in	this	Annual	Report.

While our overall results for the year were a disappointment, we did achieve some notable successes.

•		We	restructured	our	dinnerware	and	glassware	businesses	under	a	new	management	team.	With	the	addition	

of	the	Mikasa® brand, we now are a leader in this segment of the tabletop industry.

•		The	acquisition	of	Mikasa	provided	us	with	opportunities	to	strengthen	Lifetime’s	existing	placement	at	a	

number	of	retailers	and	to	open	new	doors.	We	believe	that	the	Mikasa® brand is especially well positioned 
for the current economic climate.

•	We	reduced	inventory	levels	and	rationalized	SKU	count	without	negatively	affecting	service	levels.

•	We	consolidated	our	West	Coast	distribution	centers,	which	reduced	costs	and	increased	efficiency.

•		We	aligned	our	operations	to	fit	current	market	conditions	by	reducing	head	count,	freezing	salaries,	 

trimming	employee	benefits	and	taking	other	strenuous	measures	to	cut	overhead	throughout	the	Company.

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
•		Closing	our	retail	stores	removed	a	significant	burden	from	Lifetime’s	financial	results.	We	will	exit	our	

remaining	York,	Pennsylvania,	distribution	center	by	mid–year	2009,	which	will	enable	us	further	to	improve	
our operating efficiency.

While	we	expect	economic	conditions	to	remain	challenging	during	all	of	2009,	we	believe	this	environment	presents	us	
with opportunities to expand market share in each of our product classifications.

•		We	are	working	closely	with	our	retail	partners	to	create	individualized	programs	that	are	tailored	for	today’s	

business	climate	while	remaining	trend–right.

•		Our	commitment	to	innovation	and	design	sets	us	apart	from	our	competition.	We	introduced	approximately	
1,500	new	products	at	the	International	Home	+	Housewares	Show	in	Chicago	this	March,	including	several	
that	we	believe	have	the	potential	to	be	very	important	to	the	Company,	such	as	the	One	Handed	Mandoline	
Slicer	and	the	Odor–Absorbing	Splatter	Screen.

•		We	have	created	brand	extensions–including	Gourmet Basics by Mikasa™, M by Mikasa™ and 
Pfaltzgraff Everyday®–that	offer	trusted	brands	and	outstanding	design	at	significant	values.

We thank our employees for their unstinting commitment during these difficult times, and we are grateful for the 
continued support of our customers and shareholders.

Jeffrey	Siegel
Chairman	of	the	Board,	President	and	Chief	Executive	Officer

Non–GAAP Financial Measures
This	letter	contains	non–GAAP	financial	measures	within	the	meaning	of	Regulation	G	promulgated	by	the	U.S.	Securities	and	
Exchange	Commission.	Included	on	the	following	page	is	a	reconciliation	of	these	non–GAAP	financial	measures	to	the	comparable	
financial	measures	calculated	in	accordance	with	GAAP.	

	
	
	
	
Reconciliation	of	GAAP	to	Non–GAAP	Operating	Results
(In	millions,	except	per	share	data)

Reconciliation	of	net	loss	as	reported	to	net	loss	as	adjusted:

Net	loss	as	reported

Add	(net	of	taxes):

Non–cash	goodwill	and	intangible	write–off
Store	restructuring	expenses
Store	operating	losses
Mikasa	non–recurring	transition	expenses

Net	loss	as	adjusted

Reconciliation	of	diluted	loss	per	common	share	as	reported
to	diluted	loss	per	common	share	as	adjusted:

Diluted	loss	per	common	share	as	reported

Add:

Non–cash	goodwill	and	intangible	write–off
Store	restructuring	expenses
Store	operating	losses
Mikasa	non–recurring	transition	expenses

Diluted	loss	per	common	share	as	adjusted

Year ended
December	31,	2008
(unaudited)

$(49.0)

24.1
14.8
5.6
2.5

$	(2.0)

$(4.09)

2.01
1.23
0.47
0.21

$(0.17)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

X  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES  
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 

or 

_ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES             

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from ______ to ______ 

Commission file number: 0-19254 

LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)                 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

Delaware 

         11-2682486 

1000 Stewart Avenue, Garden City, New York 11530 

(Address of principal executive offices, including Zip Code) 

(516) 683-6000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Common Stock, $.01 par value                                              The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
                (Title of each class)                                                                        (Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities 
Act. 

Yes  (cid:2)      No  (cid:3)     

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of 
the Act. 

Yes  (cid:2)      No  (cid:3)     

 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                
   
 
 
                                                                                                                               
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) 
of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  periods  that  the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days.   

Yes  (cid:3)     No   (cid:2)     

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained 
herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information 
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.                                   

        (cid:3)      

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated 
filer,  or  a  smaller  reporting  company.    See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer”,  “accelerated  filer”,  and 
“smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act: 

Large accelerated filer (cid:2)                      Accelerated filer  (cid:3)   
Non-accelerated filer (do not check if a smaller reporting company)   (cid:2)     Smaller reporting company  (cid:2) 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  shell  company  (as  defined  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the  Exchange 
Act).  

Yes  (cid:2)     

 No  (cid:3)     

The aggregate market value of 9,861,790 shares of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of 
June  30,  2008  was  approximately  $80,000,000.  Directors,  executive  officers,  and  trusts  controlled  by  said 
individuals are considered affiliates for the purpose of this calculation and should not necessarily be considered 
affiliates for any other purpose. 

The  number  of  shares  of  common  stock,  par  value  $.01  per  share,  outstanding  as  of  March  30,  2009  was 
11,989,724. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Parts  of  the  registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  for  the  2009  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  to  be  filed 
pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are incorporated by reference in Part III 
of this Annual Report. 

 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
FORM 10-K 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 
1. 

 Business.............................................................................................................................................................4 

1A.  Risk Factors.......................................................................................................................................................8 

1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments ...........................................................................................................................16 

2. 

 Properties.........................................................................................................................................................16 

3. 

 Legal Proceedings ...........................................................................................................................................16 

4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders .....................................................................................16 

PART II 
5. 

 Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities ...........................................................................................................................................17 

6. 

7. 

 Selected Financial Data ...................................................................................................................................19 

 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ........................ 20 

7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .........................................................................31   

8. 

 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...............................................................................................31 

9. 

 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  ........................32    

9A.  Controls and Procedures..................................................................................................................................32 

9B.  Other Information............................................................................................................................................34 

PART III 
10.   Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ........................................................................34 

11.   Executive Compensation.................................................................................................................................34 

12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters  ......34   

13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence................................................34 

14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services ........................................................................................................34 

PART IV 
15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ....................................................................................................35 

Signatures ...............................................................................................................................................................38 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  “forward-looking  statements”  as  defined  by  the  Private  Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include information concerning Lifetime Brands, 
Inc.’s  (the  “Company’s”)  plans,  objectives,  goals,  strategies,  future  events,  future  revenues,  performance,  capital 
expenditures,  financing  needs  and  other  information  that  is  not  historical  information.  Many  of  these  statements 
appear,  in  particular,  under  the  headings  Business  and  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations included in Item 1 of Part I and Item 7 of Part II, respectively.  When used in 
this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  the  words  “estimates,”  “expects,”  “anticipates,”  “projects,”  “plans,”  “intends,” 
“believes” and variations of such words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. 
All  forward-looking  statements,  including,  without  limitation,  the  Company’s  examination  of  historical  operating 
trends, are based upon the Company’s current expectations and various assumptions. The Company believes there is 
a reasonable basis for its expectations and assumptions, but there can be no assurance that the Company will realize 
its expectations or that the Company’s assumptions will prove correct. 

There are a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from 
the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report. Important factors that could cause the Company’s 
actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  as  forward-looking  statements  are  set  forth  in  this  Annual 
Report,  including  the  risk  factors  discussed  in  Part  I,  Item  1A  under  the  heading  Risk  Factors.  Such  risks, 
uncertainties and other important factors include, among others: 

(cid:2)  Risks associated with indebtedness;   
(cid:2)  Changes in general economic and business conditions which could affect customer payment practices or 

consumer spending; 

Industry trends; 

Increases in costs relating to manufacturing and transportation of products; 

(cid:2)  Customer risks; 
(cid:2)  The Company’s dependence on third-party foreign sources of supply and foreign manufacturing; 
(cid:2)  Changes in demand for the Company’s products and the success of new products; 
(cid:2)  The level of competition in the Company’s industry; 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2)  Fluctuations in costs of raw materials; 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2)  Complexities associated with a multi-channel and multi-brand business; 
(cid:2)  The Company’s relationship with key licensors; 
(cid:2)  Encroachments on the Company’s intellectual property; 
(cid:2)  The Company’s relationship with key customers; 
(cid:2)  Product liability claims or product recalls; 
(cid:2)  The timing of delivery of products to customers; 
(cid:2)  Departure of key personnel; 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2)  Noncompliance with applicable regulations including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; 
(cid:2)  Risks associated with the Company’s Internet operations;  
(cid:2)  Future acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses; 
(cid:2)  Technological risks;  
(cid:2)  Network security risks; and 
(cid:2)  The seasonal nature of the Company’s business. 

Internal development of products by the Company’s customers; 

2 

 
 
There may be other factors that may cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking 
statements. Except as may be required by law, the Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise 
forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances after the date made or to reflect 
the occurrence of unanticipated events. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

The Company is required to file its annual reports on Forms 10-K and quarterly reports on Forms 10-Q, and other 
reports and documents as required from time to time with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission 
(the  “SEC”).    The  public  may  read  and  copy  any  materials  that  the  Company  files  with  the  SEC  at  the  SEC’s 
Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549.  Information may be obtained with respect 
to the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an 
Internet  site  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other  information  regarding  the 
Company’s  electronic  filings  with  the  SEC  at  http://www.sec.gov.    The  Company  also  maintains  a  website  at 
http://www.lifetimebrands.com where users can access the Company’s electronic filings free of charge.   

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

Item 1. Business 

OVERVIEW  
The Company is one of North America’s leading resources for nationally branded Food Preparation, Tabletop and 
Home  Décor  products.  The  Company  markets  its  products  under  some  of  the  most  well-respected  and 
widely-recognized  brand  names  in  the  U.S.  housewares  industry  including  three  of  the  four  most  recognized 
brands of “Kitchen Tool, Cutlery and Gadgets” according to the Home Furnishing News Brand Survey for 2007 - 
KitchenAid®,  Farberware®, and Cuisinart®. The Company primarily targets moderate to premium price points 
through every major level of trade and generally markets several lines within each of its product categories under 
more than one brand. At the heart of the Company is a strong culture of innovation and new product development.  
The Company introduced over 4,600 new or redesigned products in 2008 and expects to introduce approximately 
5,000 new or redesigned products in 2009. 

The  Company’s  three  main  product  categories  and  the  products  offered  within  the  product  categories  are  as 
follows:  

Food Preparation 
Kitchenware 
Cutlery & Cutting Boards  
Pantryware & Spices  
Bakeware & Cookware 
Fondues & Tabletop Entertaining 
Functional Glassware 

  Tabletop 
  Flatware 
  Dinnerware 
  Giftware  
  Glassware  
  Tabletop Accessories 
  Crystal 
  Serveware 
  Barware 

  Home Décor 
  Picture Frames  
  Wall Décor 
  Non-electric Lighting 
  Decorative Accessories  
  Seasonal Decorations 
  Lawn & Garden Décor 

The Company markets several product lines within each of the Company’s product categories and under each of the 
Company’s  brands.    The  Company  sources  a  majority  of  its  products  from  approximately  475  suppliers  located 
primarily in the People’s Republic of China. The Company produces a majority of its sterling silver products at a 
leased  manufacturing  facility  in  San  German,  Puerto  Rico and  fills  spices  and  assembles  spice  racks  at  its  owned 
Winchendon, Massachusetts distribution facility. 
The Company’s top ten brands and their respective product categories are:  

Farberware®  
KitchenAid®  
Elements® 
Mikasa® 
Melannco® 
Cuisinart®  
Pfaltzgraff®  
Kamenstein® 
Wallace Silversmiths®  
International® Silver Company 

Food Preparation and Tabletop 
Food Preparation 
Home Décor 
Tabletop and Home Décor 
Home Décor 
Food Preparation and Tabletop 
Tabletop and Home Décor  
Food Preparation 
Tabletop and Home Décor 
Tabletop and Home Décor 

The  Company  sells  its  products  to  a  diverse  customer  base  including  mass  merchants,  specialty  stores,  national 
chains, department stores, warehouse clubs, home centers, supermarkets and off-price retailers. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BUSINESS SEGMENTS 
The Company has two reportable segments; the wholesale segment which is the Company’s primary business that 
designs, markets and distributes its products to retailers and distributors, and the direct-to-consumer segment, through 
its Pfaltzgraff® and Mikasa® Internet websites and the Company’s Pfaltzgraff® mail-order catalogs.  During 2008, 
the Company also operated retail stores that were included in the direct-to-consumer segment, but the operations of 
these stores were ceased by December 31, 2008. The Company has segmented its operations in a manner that reflects 
how management reviews and evaluates the results of its operations. While both segments distribute similar products, 
the segments are distinct due to their different types of customers and the different methods used to sell, market and 
distribute the products.  

Additional  information  regarding  the  Company’s  reportable  segments  is  included  in  Note  L  of  the  Notes  to  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

ACQUISITIONS  
Since 1995 the Company has completed the following 14 acquisitions that have expanded the Company’s product 
offerings, allowed the Company to enter new product categories, and added brands: 

Year  

  Company or assets acquired 

  Product categories 

2008 
2007 

  Mikasa® 
  Pomerantz® 
  Design for Living® 
  Gorham® 
  Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B (formerly, 

Ekco S.A.B.) (29.99%) 

2006 

  Syratech  

2005 

2004 
2003 

  Pfaltzgraff® 
  Salton 

  Excel Importing Corp. 

:USE®—Tools for Civilization  

  Gemco® 

2000 

  M. Kamenstein, Inc. 

1998 

  Roshco, Inc. 

1995 

  Hoffritz®  

RECENT ACQUISITION 

  Tabletop  and Home Décor  
  Food Preparation 
  Food Preparation 
  Tabletop 
  Food Preparation and Tabletop 

  Tabletop and Home Décor  

  Tabletop and Food Preparation  
  Tabletop 

  Food Preparation and Tabletop 
  Bath hardware and accessories 
  Food Preparation 

  Food Preparation 

  Food Preparation 

  Food Preparation 

Mikasa® 
In  June  2008,  the  Company  acquired  the  business  and  certain  assets  of  Mikasa,  Inc.  (“Mikasa®”)  from  Arc 
International  SA.    Mikasa®  is  a  leading  provider  of  dinnerware,  crystal  stemware,  barware,  flatware  and 
decorative accessories. Mikasa® products are distributed through department stores, specialty stores and big box 
chains, as well as through the Internet. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CUSTOMERS  
The Company’s products are sold in North America to a diverse customer base including mass merchants (such as 
Wal-Mart and Target), specialty stores (such as Bed Bath & Beyond), national chains (such as JC Penney, Kohl’s, 
and Sears), department stores (such as Macy’s), warehouse clubs (such as Costco, BJ’s Wholesale Club and Sam’s 
Club), home centers (such as Lowe’s), supermarkets (such as Stop & Shop and Kroger) and off-price retailers (such 
as TJX and Ross Stores).  

The  Company  also  operates  Internet  and  catalog  operations  that  sell  the  Company’s  products  directly  to  the 
consumer.  

During  the  years  ended  December 31,  2008,  2007  and  2006,  Wal-Mart  Stores, Inc.  (including  Sam’s  Club) 
accounted for 20%, 21% and 17% of net sales, respectively. No other customer accounted for 10% or more of the 
Company’s net sales during these periods. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company’s 
ten largest customers accounted for 60%, 62% and 49% of net sales, respectively. 

DISTRIBUTION  
The Company operates the following distribution centers:  

Location 
Fontana, California   
Robbinsville, New Jersey 
York, Pennsylvania 
Winchendon, Massachusetts 
Medford, Massachusetts 

Size    
(square feet) 
753,000
700,000
473,000
210,000
5,590

The Company’s principal East Coast distribution center is the Robbinsville, New Jersey facility and the Company’s 
principal West Coast distribution center is the Fontana, California facility. In 2008, the Company consolidated two 
former West Coast distribution centers into the Fontana, California facility. The Company plans to vacate its York, 
Pennsylvania  distribution  center  during  2009  and  transfer  the  distribution  to  the  Robbinsville,  New  Jersey  facility 
and Fontana, California facility. 

SALES AND MARKETING 
The Company’s sales and marketing staff coordinate directly with the retailers to devise marketing strategies and 
merchandising concepts and to furnish advice on advertising and product promotion. The Company has developed 
several promotional programs for use in the ordinary course of business to promote sales throughout the year. 

The  Company’s  sales  and  marketing  efforts  are  supported  from  its  principal  offices  and  showroom  in  Garden 
City,  New  York  as  well  as  showrooms  in  New  York,  New  York;  Medford,  Massachusetts;  Atlanta,  Georgia; 
Bentonville, Arkansas; and Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin. The Company’s sales and marketing staff at December 
31,  2008  consisted  of  235  salaried  employees.  The  Company  also  distributes  certain  products  through 
independent sales representatives who work on a commission basis. 

The Company’s largest retail customers are each serviced by an in-house team that includes representatives from the 
Company’s  sales,  marketing,  merchandising  and  product  development  departments.  The  Company  generally 
collaborates  with  its  largest  retail  customers  and  in  many  instances  produces  specific  versions  of  the  Company’s 
product lines with exclusive designs and packaging for their stores.   

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
SOURCES OF SUPPLY  
The Company sources its products from approximately 475 suppliers located primarily in the People’s Republic of 
China.  The Company also sources products from suppliers in Hong Kong, the United States, Taiwan, Japan, India, 
Thailand,  Italy,  Indonesia,  Korea,  Vietnam,  Germany,  Czech  Republic,  Malaysia,  Portugal,  Colombia,  Poland, 
Turkey, and Mexico.  The Company’s policy is to maintain several months of supply of inventory. Accordingly, the 
Company orders products substantially in advance of the anticipated time of their sale. While the Company does not 
have any formal long-term arrangements with any of its suppliers, in certain instances the Company places purchase 
orders for products several months in advance of receipt of orders from its customers. The Company’s arrangements 
with most manufacturers allow for flexibility in modifying the quantity, composition and delivery dates of orders. All 
purchase orders issued by the Company are cancelable. 

MANUFACTURING 

The  Company  produces  a  majority  of  its  sterling  silver  products  at  its  leased  manufacturing  facility  in  San 
German,  Puerto  Rico  and  fills  spices  and  assembles  spice  racks  at  its  owned  Winchendon,  Massachusetts 
distribution facility.  

COMPETITION 
The markets for food preparation, tabletop and home décor products are highly competitive and include numerous 
domestic and foreign competitors, some of which are larger than the Company. The primary competitive factors in 
selling  such  products  to  retailers  are  consumer  brand  name  recognition,  quality,  aesthetic  appeal  to  consumers, 
packaging, breadth of product line, distribution capability, prompt delivery and selling price. 

PATENTS  
The  Company  owns  131  design  and  utility  patents  on  the  overall  design  of  some  of  its  products.  The  Company 
believes that the expiration of any of its patents would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.  

BACKLOG 
Backlog is not material to the Company’s business because actual confirmed orders from the Company’s customers 
are typically not received until close to the required shipment dates. 

EMPLOYEES 
At December 31, 2008, the Company had a total of 1,168 employees, 156 of whom are located in China.  In addition, 
the  Company  employed  414  people  on  a  part-time  basis,  predominately  in  its  distribution  centers.  None  of  the 
Company’s employees are represented by a labor union. The Company considers its employee relations to be good. 

REGULATORY MATTERS 
Certain of the products the Company manufactures are subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. Consumer Product 
Safety Commission. The Company’s spice container filling operation in Winchendon, Massachusetts is regulated 
by the Food and Drug Administration. The Company’s products are also subject to regulation under certain state 
laws pertaining to product safety and liability.  

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors   
The Company’s business, operations, and financial condition are subject to various risks. Some of these risks are 
described  below  in  no  particular  order.  This  section  does  not  describe  all  risks  that  may  be  applicable  to  the 
Company, the Company’s industry, or the Company’s business, and it is intended only as a summary of certain 
material risk factors.  

Risks associated with indebtedness. 

The  Company  has  substantial  indebtedness.    As  of  December  31,  2008,  the  Company’s  total  indebtedness  was 
$164.3 million, including $89.3 million under its $150 million secured credit facility which expires in April 2011 
(the “Credit Facility”) and $75 million of 4.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2011 (the “Notes”).  Borrowings 
under the Credit Facility are secured by all of the assets of the Company.  Under the terms of the Credit Facility, 
the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants.  In March 2008 and September 2008, the Company 
amended  the  Credit  Facility  in  anticipation  of  its  declining  financial  performance.    At  December  31,  2008,  the 
Company was not in compliance with the financial covenants required by its Credit Facility.  On each of February 
12,  2009  and  March  6,  2009,  the  Company  entered  into a forbearance agreement and amendment to the Credit 
Facility. On March 31, 2009, the Company entered into a waiver and amendment to the Credit Facility.  

Increased  financial  leverage  resulting  from  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  or  a  decline  in  the  Company’s 
financial  performance  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company,  including,  but  not  limited  to  the 
following:  (i) the  Company’s  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing,  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  and 
general  corporate  or  other  purposes  could  be  impaired,  or  any  such  financing  may  not  be  available  on  terms 
favorable  to  the  Company;  (ii) a  substantial  portion  of  the  Company’s  cash  flows  could  be  required  for  debt 
service and, as a result, might not be available for its operations or other purposes; (iii) any substantial decrease in 
net operating cash flows could make it difficult for the Company to meet its debt service requirements or force the 
Company  to  modify  its  operations  or  sell  assets;  (iv) the  Company’s  ability  to  withstand  competitive  pressures 
may  be  decreased;  and  (v) the  Company’s  level  of  indebtedness  may  make  the  Company  more  vulnerable  to 
economic  downturns,  and  reduce  its  flexibility  in  responding  to  changing  business,  regulatory  and  economic 
conditions. The Company’s ability to repay expected borrowings under its Credit Facility and the Notes, and to 
meet  its  other  debt  or  contractual  obligations  (including  compliance  with  applicable  financial  covenants)  will 
depend upon the Company’s future performance and its cash flows from operations, both of which are subject to 
prevailing  economic  conditions  and  financial,  business,  and  other  known  and  unknown  risks  and  uncertainties, 
certain of which are beyond the Company’s control. 

The  Company’s  business  depends,  in  part,  on  factors  affecting  consumer  spending  that  are  out  of  the 
Company’s control. 
The Company’s business depends on consumer demand for its products and, consequently, is sensitive to a number 
of factors that influence consumer spending, including general economic conditions, disposable consumer income, 
recession  and  inflation,  incidents  and  fears  relating  to  national  security,  terrorism  and  war,  hurricanes,  floods  and 
other natural disasters, inclement weather, consumer debt, unemployment rates, interest rates, sales tax rates, fuel and 
energy  prices,  consumer  confidence  in  future  economic  conditions  and  political  conditions,  and  consumer 
perceptions  of  personal  well-being  and  security,  generally.  Adverse  changes  in  factors  affecting  discretionary 
consumer  spending  such  as  those  that  occurred  during  2008,  has  had  a  significant  adverse  effect  on,  and  could 
continue to reduce consumer demand for the Company’s products, change the mix of products the Company sells to 
a  different  mix  with  a  lower  average  gross  margin,  slow  inventory  turnover  and  result  in  greater  markdowns  on 
inventory, thus reducing the Company’s sales and harming its business and operating results. 

Customer risks. 
During  the  past  several  years,  various  retailers,  including  some  of  the  Company’s  customers,  have  experienced 
significant  changes  and  difficulties,  including  consolidation  of  ownership,  restructurings,  bankruptcies  and 
liquidations.  Consolidation  of  retailers  or  other  events  that  eliminate  the  Company’s  customers  could  result  in 
fewer  stores  selling  the  Company’s  products  and  could  increase  the  Company’s  reliance  on  a  smaller  group  of 
customers.  In  addition,  if  the  Company’s  retailer  customers  experience  significant  problems  in  the  future, 

8 

 
 
 
 
including as a result of general weakness in the retail environment, the Company’s sales may be reduced and the 
risk of extending credit to these retailers may increase. A significant adverse change in a customer relationship or 
in a customer’s financial position could cause the Company to limit or discontinue business with that customer, 
require the Company to assume greater credit risk relating to that customer’s receivables or limit the Company’s 
ability  to  collect  amounts  related  to  previous  purchases  by  that  customer.  These  or  other  events  related  to  the 
Company’s significant customers could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations 
or financial condition.  

Because most of the Company’s vendors are located in foreign countries, the Company is subject to a variety 
of additional risks and uncertainties. 
The Company’s dependence on foreign vendors means, in part, that the Company may be affected by declines in the 
relative  value  of  the  U.S.  dollar  to  other  foreign  currencies.  Although  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  foreign 
purchases  of  products  are  negotiated  and  paid  for  in  U.S.  dollars,  changes  in  currency  exchange  rates  might 
negatively  affect  the  profitability  and  business  prospects  of  the  Company’s  foreign  vendors.  This,  in  turn,  might 
cause such foreign vendors to demand higher prices for products, hold up shipments to the Company, or discontinue 
selling to the Company, any of which could ultimately reduce the Company’s sales or increase its costs. 

The  Company  is  also  subject  to  other  risks  and  uncertainties  associated  with  changing  economic  and  political 
conditions  in  foreign  countries.  These  risks  and  uncertainties  include  import  duties  and  quotas,  increases  in  value 
added  taxes,  concerns  over  anti-dumping,  work  stoppages,  economic  uncertainties  (including  inflation),  foreign 
government regulations, incidents and fears involving security, terrorism and wars, political unrest and other trade 
restrictions.  The  Company  cannot  predict  whether  any  of  the  countries  in  which  its  products  are  currently 
manufactured  or  may  be  manufactured  in  the  future  will  be  subject  to  trade  restrictions  imposed  by  the  U.S.  or 
foreign governments or the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Any event causing a disruption or delay 
of imports from foreign vendors, including the imposition of additional import restrictions, restrictions on the transfer 
of funds and/or increased tariffs or quotas, or both, with respect to products for the home could increase the cost or 
reduce  the  supply  of  products  available  to  the  Company  and  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  business,  financial 
condition  and  operating  results.  Furthermore,  some  or  all  of  the  Company’s  foreign  vendors’  operations  may  be 
adversely affected by political and financial instability resulting in the disruption of trade from exporting countries, 
restrictions  on  the  transfer  of  funds  and/or  other  trade  disruptions.    Moreover,  since  the  Company’s  vendors  are 
typically small privately-owned businesses, the Company does not have access to its vendors’ financial information 
to assess its vendors’ liquidity.  Accordingly, in light of recent economic events in the U.S. and the resulting impact 
on  foreign  economies,  particularly  in  China,  the  Company is  subject  to  the  risk  that  the  Company’s  vendors  may 
become bankrupt or shut-down operations prior to fulfilling the Company’s purchase requirements. 

In  addition,  there  is  a  risk  that  one  or  more  of  the  Company’s  foreign  vendors  will  not  adhere  to  its  compliance 
standards  such  as  fair  labor  practices  and  prohibitions  on  child  labor.  Such  circumstances  might  create  an 
unfavorable impression of the Company’s sourcing practices or the practices of some of its vendors that could harm 
the  Company’s  image.  Additionally,  certain  of  the  Company’s  major  retail  customers,  including  Wal-Mart 
Stores, Inc.,  routinely  inspect  its  suppliers’  facilities  to  determine  their  compliance  with  applicable  labor  laws.  A 
determination  by  such  customers  that  one  or  more  of  the  Company’s  suppliers  violate  such  standards  could 
jeopardize the Company’s sales to such customers if the Company or the suppliers cannot effectively remedy any 
such  violation  in  a  timely  manner.  If  any  of  these  occur,  the  Company  could  lose  sales,  customer  goodwill  and 
favorable brand recognition, which could negatively affect the Company’s business and operating results. 

The Company must successfully anticipate changing consumer preferences and buying trends and manage its 
product line and inventory commensurate with customer demand. 
The  Company’s  success  depends  upon  its  ability  to  anticipate  and  respond  to  changing  merchandise  trends  and 
customer  demands  in  a  timely  manner.  Consumer  preferences  cannot  be  predicted  with  certainty and may change 
between selling seasons. The Company must make decisions as to design, development, expansion and production of 
new and existing product lines. If the Company misjudges either the market for its products, the purchasing patterns 
of the end consumer, or the appeal of the design, functionality or variety of its product lines, the Company’s sales 
may decline significantly, and it may be required to mark down certain products to sell the resulting excess inventory 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
through liquidation channels at prices which can be significantly lower than the Company’s normal wholesale prices, 
each of which would harm its business and operating results. 

In  addition,  the  Company  must  manage  its  inventory  effectively  and  commensurate  with  customer  demand.  A 
substantial  portion  of  the  Company’s  inventory  is  sourced  from  vendors  located  outside  the  United  States.  The 
Company  generally  commits  to  purchasing  products  before  it  receives  firm  orders  from  its  retail  customers  and 
frequently before trends are known. The extended lead times for many of the Company’s purchases, as well as the 
development time for design and deployment of new products, may make it difficult for the Company to respond 
rapidly to new or changing trends. In addition, the seasonal nature of the Company’s business requires it to carry a 
significant amount of inventory prior to the year-end holiday selling season. As a result, the Company is vulnerable 
to demand and pricing shifts and to misjudgments in the selection and timing of product purchases. If the Company 
does not accurately predict its customers’ preferences and acceptance levels of its products, the Company’s inventory 
levels may not be appropriate, and its business and operating results may be adversely impacted. 

The Company faces intense competition from companies with similar brands or products and from companies 
in the retail industry. 
The markets for food preparation, tabletop, and home décor products are highly competitive and include numerous 
domestic  and  foreign  competitors,  some  of  which  are  larger  than  the  Company,  have  greater  financial  and  other 
resources than the Company, and may have more established brand names in some or all of the markets the Company 
serves. The primary competitive factors in selling such products to retailers are consumer brand name recognition, 
quality, packaging, breadth of product line, distribution capability, prompt delivery in response to retail customers’ 
order requirements, and ultimate price to the consumer. 

The competitive challenges facing the Company include: 

(cid:2) 

anticipating  and  quickly  responding  to  changing  consumer  demands  better  than  the  Company’s 
competitors; 

(cid:2)  maintaining favorable brand recognition and achieving end consumer perception of value; 
(cid:2) 

effectively marketing and competitively pricing the Company’s products to consumers in diverse market 
segments and price levels; and 

(cid:2)  developing innovative, high-quality products in designs and styles that appeal to consumers of varying 
groups, tastes and price level preferences, and in ways that favorably distinguish the Company from its 
competitors. 

In  addition,  the  Company  operates  its  catalog  and  Internet  businesses  under  highly  competitive  conditions.  The 
Company  has  numerous  and  varied  competitors  at  the  national  and  local  levels.  Competition  is  characterized  by 
many  factors,  including  product  assortment,  advertising,  price,  quality,  service,  location,  reputation  and  credit 
availability. If the Company does not compete effectively with regard to these factors, its results of operations could 
be materially and adversely affected. 

In  light  of  the  many  competitive  challenges  facing  the  Company,  the  Company  may  not  be  able  to  compete 
successfully.  Increased  competition  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  sales,  operating  results and business by 
forcing the Company to lower its prices or sell fewer units, which could reduce the Company’s profitability. 

The Company depends on key vendors for timely and effective sourcing of its products, and the Company is 
subject to various risks and uncertainties that may affect its vendors’ ability to produce quality merchandise. 
The Company sources most of its products from third-party suppliers with which the Company may have in many 
cases  established  long-term  relationships.  The  Company’s  performance  depends  on  its  ability  to  have  its  products 
manufactured  to  the  Company’s  designs  and  specifications  in  sufficient  quantities  at  competitive  prices.  The 
Company has no contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to products, and in general, vendors 
may  discontinue  selling  to  the  Company  at  any  time.  The  Company  may  not  be  able  to  acquire  its  products  in 
sufficient quantities, with the quality assurance that the Company requires, and on terms acceptable to the Company. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company sources its products from approximately 475 suppliers located primarily in the People’s Republic of 
China.  The  Company’s  three  largest  suppliers  in  China  provided  the  Company  with  approximately  23%  of  the 
products  it  distributed  in  2008.  This  concentration  of  sourcing  is  a  risk  to  the  Company’s  business.  Furthermore, 
because the Company’s product lines cover thousands of products, many products are produced for the Company by 
only  one  or  two  manufacturers.  An  interruption  of  supply  from  any  of  these  manufacturers  could  also  have  an 
adverse impact on the Company’s ability to fill orders on a timely basis. 

Interruption of supply from any of the Company’s suppliers, or the loss of one or more key vendors, could have a 
negative effect on the Company’s business and operating results because the Company would be missing products 
that could be important to its assortment or to coordinated branded product lines, unless and until alternative supply 
arrangements are secured. The Company may not be able to develop relationships with new vendors, and products 
from alternative sources, if any, may be of a lesser quality and/or more expensive than those the Company currently 
purchases. Replacement of manufacturing sources would require long lead-times to assure the vendors’ capability to 
manufacture to the Company’s designs and specifications, maintain quality control and achieve the production levels 
the  Company  requires.  In  addition,  some  of  the  Company’s  customers  demand  a  certain  standard  of  shipping 
fulfillment (usually as a percentage of orders placed) and any disruption in the manufacturing of its products could 
result in the Company’s failure to meet such standards. 

The  Company  is  also  subject  to  certain  risks,  including  risks  relating  to  the  availability  of  raw  materials,  labor 
disputes,  union  organizing  activity,  inclement  weather,  natural  disasters,  and  general  economic  and  political 
conditions that might limit the Company’s vendors’ ability to provide it with quality merchandise on a timely basis. 
For these or other reasons, one or more of the Company’s vendors might not adhere to the Company’s quality control 
standards and the Company might not identify the deficiency before products are shipped to its retail customers. The 
Company’s  vendors’  failure  to  manufacture  or  ship  quality  merchandise  in  a  timely  and  efficient  manner  could 
damage its reputation and that of brands offered by the Company and could lead to a loss or reduction in orders by 
the Company’s retail customers and an increase in product liability claims or litigation. 

High costs of raw materials and energy may result in increased operating expenses and adversely affect the 
Company’s results of operations and cash flow. 
Significant variations in the costs and availability of raw materials and energy may negatively affect the Company’s 
results of operations. The Company’s vendors purchase significant amounts of metals and plastics to manufacture the 
Company’s  products.  They  also  purchase  significant  amounts  of  electricity  to  supply  the  energy  required  in  their 
production processes. Rising cost of fuel may also increase transportation costs. The Company’s results of operations 
have been and could in the future be significantly affected by increases in these costs. Price increases increase the 
Company’s working capital needs and, accordingly, can adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and cash flow. 

The  Company  must  successfully  manage  the  complexities  associated  with  a  multi-channel  and  multi-brand 
business. 
The  Company’s  business  requires  the  development,  marketing  and  production  of  a  wide  variety  of  products  in  its 
three  product  categories:  Food  Preparation,  Tabletop  and  Home  Décor.  Within  each  of  these  categories,  it  is 
necessary to market several full lines of branded products targeting different price and prestige levels, and each of 
these  branded  lines  must  contain  an  assortment  of  products  and  accessories  with  matched  designs  and  packaging 
which are often sold as sets. The Company’s different product lines are sold under a variety of brand names, some of 
which are owned and some of which are licensed. Many of the Company’s products are inherently of the type that 
consumers prefer to purchase as part of a branded, matched line. Accordingly, both for marketing reasons and the 
requirements of the Company’s license agreements, the Company must maintain breadth of product lines and it must 
devote significant resources to developing and marketing new designs for the Company’s product lines. The inability 
to  maintain  the  breadth  of  the  Company’s  product  lines—whether  due  to  vendor  difficulties,  design  issues,  retail 
orders for less than all of the products in a line, or other problems—could result in competitive disadvantages as well 
as the potential loss of valuable license arrangements. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, the Company sells its products through several different distribution channels (mass merchants, specialty 
stores, national chains, department stores, warehouse clubs, home centers, supermarkets, off-price retailers, catalogs 
and the Internet) and the Company must manage the selective deployment of branded lines within these channels so 
as to achieve maximum revenue and profitability. Failure to properly align brands and product lines to the price and 
prestige levels associated with particular channels of distribution could result in product line failures, damage to the 
Company’s reputation, and lost sales and profits. 

Many of the Company’s leading product lines are manufactured under licensed trademarks and any failure to 
retain such licenses on acceptable terms may have an adverse effect on the Company’s business. 
The  Company  promotes  and  markets  some  of  its  most  successful  product  lines  under  trademarks  the  Company 
licenses from third-parties. Several of these license agreements are subject to termination by the licensor. 

The  Company’s  license  agreement  with  Whirlpool  Corporation  allows  it  to  design,  manufacture  and  market  an 
extensive  range  of  food  preparation  products  under  the  KitchenAid®  brand  name.  Whirlpool  Corporation  may 
terminate this license for cause if the Company is in default or upon the occurrence of a change of control of the 
Company. In addition, Whirlpool Corporation may terminate the agreement if, based on certain statistical parameters, 
a  customer  survey  conducted  by  it  shows  that  customers  are  dissatisfied  with  the  products  the  Company  markets 
under  the  license.  Products  marketed  under  the  KitchenAid®  name  accounted  for  a  substantial  portion  of  the 
Company’s  revenues  in  2008.  The  Company  may  not  be  successful  in  maintaining  or  renewing  the  KitchenAid® 
license, which has significant commercial value to the Company, on terms that are acceptable to the Company or at 
all. The loss of the KitchenAid® license, or an increase in the royalties the Company pays under such license upon 
renewal, could have a material adverse affect on the Company’s results of operations. 

In  addition,  any  of  the  licensors  of  the  Company’s  trade  names  may  encounter  problems  that  would  potentially 
diminish  the  prestige  of  the  licensed  trade  names.  In  turn,  this  could  negatively  reflect  on  the  Company’s  line  of 
products that are marketed under the applicable trade name. In the event that this occurs with respect to one of the 
Company’s leading product lines, the Company’s sales and financial results may be adversely affected. In addition, 
certain  of  the  Company’s  licenses  have  minimum  sales  requirements.  If  the  Company  is  unable  to  achieve  the 
minimum sales requirements under these licenses, the Company may incur a loss related to these licenses. 

If the Company fails to adequately protect or enforce its intellectual property rights, competitors may produce 
and  market  products  similar  to  the  Company’s.  In  addition,  the  Company  may  be  subject  to  intellectual 
property litigation and infringement claims by third-parties. 
The success of the Company’s products is inherently dependent on new and original designs that appeal to consumer 
tastes and trends at various price and prestige levels. The Company’s trademarks, service marks, patents, trade dress 
rights,  trade  secrets  and  other  intellectual  property  are  valuable  assets  that  are  critical  to  the  Company’s  success. 
Although the Company attempts to protect its proprietary properties through a combination of trademark, patent and 
trade  secret  laws  and  non-disclosure  agreements,  these  laws  and  agreements  may  be  insufficient.  Although  the 
Company has trademarks and certain patents issued or licensed to it for its products, the Company may not always be 
able to successfully protect or enforce its trademarks and patents against competitors or against challenges by others. 
The Company sources substantially all of its products from foreign vendors, and the ability to protect the Company’s 
intellectual  property  rights  in  foreign  countries  may  be  far  more  difficult  than  in  the  United  States.  Many  foreign 
jurisdictions provide less legal protection of intellectual property rights than the United States and it is difficult to 
even detect infringing products in such jurisdictions until they are already in widespread distribution. The costs of 
enforcing the Company’s intellectual property may adversely affect its operating results. 

In  addition,  the  Company  may  be  subject  to  intellectual  property  litigation  and  infringement  claims,  which  could 
cause  it  to  incur  significant  expenses  or  prevent  the  Company  from  selling  its  products.  A  successful  claim  of 
trademark,  patent  or  other  intellectual  property  infringement  against  the  Company  could  adversely  affect  the 
Company’s growth and profitability, in some cases materially. Others may claim that the Company’s proprietary or 
licensed products are infringing their intellectual property rights, and the Company’s products could be determined to 
infringe those intellectual property rights. The Company may be unaware of intellectual property rights of others that 
may cover some of its products. If someone claims that the Company’s products infringe their intellectual property 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
rights, any resulting litigation could be costly and time consuming and would divert the attention of management and 
key personnel from other business issues. The Company also may be subject to significant damages or injunctions 
preventing  it  from  manufacturing,  selling  or  using  some  aspect  of  the  Company’s  products  in  the  event  of  a 
successful claim of patent or other intellectual property infringement. Any of these adverse consequences could have 
a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and profitability. 

The Company has a single customer that accounted for 20% of its net sales in 2008. 
During  the  years  ended  December 31,  2008,  2007  and  2006,  Wal-Mart  Stores, Inc.  (including  Sam’s  Club) 
accounted  for  20%,  21%  and  17%  of  the  Company’s  net  sales,  respectively.    Any  material  reduction  of  product 
orders  by  Wal-Mart  Stores, Inc.  could  have  significant  adverse  effects  on  the  Company’s  business  and  operating 
results, including the loss of predictability and volume production efficiencies associated with such a large customer. 
In addition, any pressure by Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. to reduce the price of the Company’s products could result in the 
reduction of the Company’s operating margin. 

If the Company’s products are found to be defective, the Company’s credibility and that of its brands may be 
harmed, market acceptance of the Company’s products may decrease and the Company may be exposed      to 
liability in excess of its product liability insurance coverage. 
The marketing of certain of the Company’s consumer products involve an inherent risk of product liability claims or 
recalls  or  other  regulatory  or  enforcement  actions  initiated  by  the  U.S.  Consumer  Product  Safety  Commission,  by 
state regulatory authorities or through private causes of action. Any defects in products the Company markets could 
harm the Company’s credibility, adversely affect its relationship with its customers and decrease market acceptance 
of the Company’s products and the strength of the brand names under which the Company markets such products. In 
addition, potential product liability claims may exceed the amount of the Company’s insurance coverage under the 
terms of the Company’s policies. In the event that the Company is held liable for a product liability claim for which it 
is  not  insured,  or  for  damages  exceeding  the  limits  of  the  Company’s  insurance  coverage,  such  claim  could 
materially damage the Company’s business and its financial condition. 

The Company’s ability to deliver products to its customers in a timely manner and to satisfy its customers’ 
fulfillment standards is subject to several factors, some of which are beyond the Company’s control. 
Retailers place great emphasis on timely delivery of the Company’s products for specific selling seasons and to fulfill 
consumer  demand  throughout  the  year.  The  Company  cannot  control  all  of  the  various  factors  that  might  affect 
product delivery to retailers. Vendor production delays, difficulties encountered in shipping from overseas as well as 
customs clearance are on-going risks of  the Company’s business. The Company also relies upon third-party carriers 
for  its  product  shipments  from  the  Company’s  warehouse  facilities  to  customers,  and  it  relies  on  the  shipping 
arrangements  the  Company’s  suppliers  have  made  in  the  case  of  products  shipped  directly  to  retailers  from  the 
supplier. Accordingly, the Company is subject to risks, including labor disputes such as the West Coast port strike of 
2002; union organizing activity; inclement weather; natural disasters such as earthquakes, particularly with respect to 
the  Company’s  West  Coast  distribution  center;  possible  acts  of  terrorism;  availability  of  shipping  containers  and 
increased  security  restrictions,  associated  with  such  carriers’  ability  to  provide  delivery  services  to  meet  the 
Company’s shipping needs. Failure to deliver products in a timely and effective manner to retailers could damage the 
Company’s reputation and brands and result in a loss of customers or reduced orders. In addition, any substantial 
increase  in  fuel  costs  would  likely  result  in  increased  shipping  expenses.  Increased  transportation  costs  and  any 
disruption  in  the  Company’s  distribution  process,  especially  during  the  second  half  of  the  year,  which  is  the 
Company’s busiest selling period, could adversely affect the Company’s business and operating results. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company’s  inability  to  attract  and  retain  skilled  personnel  may  negatively  impact  the  Company’s 
success. 
The Company’s success depends on its ability to identify, hire and retain skilled personnel. The Company’s industry 
is  characterized  by  a  high  level  of  employee  mobility  and  aggressive  recruiting  among  competitors  for  personnel 
with  successful  track  records.  The  Company  may  not  be  able  to  attract  and  retain  skilled  personnel  or  may  incur 
significant costs in order to do so. If Jeffrey Siegel, the Company’s Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, 
were to leave the Company, it would have a material adverse effect on the Company. 

The  Company’s  customers’  internal  efforts  to  design  and  manufacture  products  may  compete  with  similar 
products of the Company. 
Some of the Company’s existing and potential customers continuously evaluate whether to design and manufacture 
their own products or purchase them directly from outside vendors and distribute them under their own brand names. 
Although, based on the Company’s past experience, such products usually target the lower price point portion of the 
market, if any of the Company’s customers or potential customers pursue such options it may adversely affect the 
Company’s business. 

The Company’s corporate compliance program cannot assure that it will be in complete compliance with all 
potentially applicable regulations, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
As a publicly traded company, the Company is subject to significant regulations, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of  2002.  In  connection  with  the  Company’s  and  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm’s 
assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, 
neither  the  Company  nor  its  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  identified  any  deficiencies  in  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting that constituted a “material weakness” as defined by the Public 
Company Accounting Oversight Board. The Company cannot assure that it will not find material weaknesses in the 
future  or  that  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  will  conclude  that  the  Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting is operating effectively.  

The Company experiences business risks as a result of the Company’s Internet business. 
The Company competes with Internet businesses that handle similar lines of merchandise. These competitors have 
certain advantages, including the inapplicability of sales tax. As a result, increased Internet sales by the Company’s 
competitors  could  result  in  increased  price  competition  and  decreased  margins  adversely  affecting the Company’s 
Internet  business  as  well  as  the  Company’s  wholesale  business.  The  Company’s  Internet  operations  are  subject  to 
numerous  risks,  including  reliance  on  third-party  providers  and  online  security  breaches  and/or  credit  card  fraud.  
The  Company’s  inability  to  effectively  address  these  risks  and  any  other  risks  that  it  faces  in  connection  with  its 
Internet business could adversely affect the profitability of the Company’s Internet business. 

The Company may not be able to successfully identify, manage or integrate future acquisitions. 
Since  1995  the  Company  has  completed  fourteen  acquisitions.  Although  the  Company  has  grown  significantly 
through acquisitions and intends to continue to pursue additional selective acquisitions in the future, the Company 
may  not  be  able  to  identify  appropriate  acquisition  candidates  or,  if  it  does,  it  may  not  be  able  to  successfully 
negotiate  the  terms  of  an  acquisition,  finance  the  acquisition  or  integrate  the  acquired  business  effectively  and 
profitably into the Company’s existing operations. Integration of an acquired business could disrupt the Company’s 
business by diverting management away from day-to-day operations. Furthermore, failure to successfully integrate 
any acquisition may cause significant operating inefficiencies and could adversely affect the Company’s profitability. 

The Company may not be able to adapt quickly enough to changing customer requirements and e-commerce 
industry standards. 
Technology in the e-commerce industry changes rapidly. The Company may not be able to adapt quickly enough to 
changing  customer  requirements  and  preferences  and  e-commerce  industry  standards.  These  changes  and  the 
emergence  of  new  e-commerce  industry  standards  and  practices  could  render  the  Company’s  existing  websites 
obsolete. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
Government regulation of the Internet and e-commerce is evolving and unfavorable changes could harm the 
Company’s business. 
The  Company  is  subject  to  general  business  regulations  and  laws,  as  well  as  regulations  and  laws  specifically 
governing the Internet and e-commerce. Such existing and future laws and regulations may impede the growth of the 
Internet  or  other  online  services.  These  regulations  and  laws  may  cover  taxation,  user  privacy,  data  protection, 
pricing,  content,  copyrights,  distribution,  electronic  contracts  and  other  communications,  consumer  protection,  the 
provision  of  online  payment  services,  broadband  residential  Internet  access,  and  the  characteristics  and  quality  of 
products and services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other 
taxes,  and  personal  privacy  apply  to  the  Internet  and  e-commerce.  Unfavorable  resolutions  of  these  issues  would 
harm the Company’s business. This could, in turn, diminish the demand for the Company’s products on the Internet 
and increase the Company’s cost of doing business. 

The Company’s business is subject to technological risks. 
The Company relies on several different information technology systems for the operation of its principal business 
functions,  including  the  Company’s  enterprise,  warehouse  management,  inventory  and  re-ordering  and  call  center 
systems. In the case of the Company’s inventory forecast and re-ordering system, most of the Company’s orders are 
received  directly  through  electronic  connections  with  the  Company’s  largest  customers.  The  failure  of any one of 
these systems could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and results of operations. 

The Company’s business may be adversely affected if the Company’s network security is compromised.  
The Company has made significant efforts to secure its computer network.  However, the Company’s computer 
network could be compromised and confidential information such as customer credit card information could be 
misappropriated.  This  could  lead  to  adverse  publicity,  loss  of  sales  and  profits,  or  cause  the  Company  to  incur 
significant costs to reimburse third-parties for damages which could impact profits. Although, the Company has 
upgraded its systems and procedures to meet the Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) data security standards, failure 
by the Company to maintain compliance with the PCI data security requirements or rectify a security issue may 
result in fines and the imposition of restrictions on the Company’s ability to accept payment cards.   

The Company’s quarterly results of operations might fluctuate due to a variety of factors, including ordering 
patterns of the Company’s customers and the seasonality of the Company’s business. 
The  Company’s  quarterly  results  have  fluctuated  in  the  past  and  may  fluctuate  in  the future, depending upon a 
variety of factors, including, but not limited to the ordering patterns and timing of promotions of the Company’s 
major  retail  customers,  which  may  differ  significantly  from  period  to  period  or  from  the  Company’s  original 
forecasts. A significant portion of the Company’s revenues and net earnings historically have been realized during 
the second half of the calendar year, as order volume from the Company’s retail customer base reaches its peak as 
the  Company’s  customers  increase  their  inventories  for  the  end  of  year  holiday  season.  If,  for  any  reason,  the 
Company were to realize significantly lower-than-expected sales during the September through December selling 
season, the Company’s business and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments  

None 

Item 2. Properties  

The following table describes the principal properties at which the Company operated its business at December 31, 
2008: 

Description 
Principal West Coast warehouse and distribution facility 
Principal East Coast warehouse and distribution facility  
Warehouse and distribution facility 

Location 
Fontana, California 
Robbinsville, New Jersey 
York, Pennsylvania (1) 
Winchendon, Massachusetts  Warehouse and distribution facility, and spice packing line 
Garden City, New York 
Medford, Massachusetts 
York, Pennsylvania 
San German, Puerto Rico 
New York, New York (2) 
Guangdong, China 
Atlanta, Georgia 
Shanghai, China 
Bentonville, Arkansas 

Corporate headquarters/main showroom 
Offices, showroom, warehouse and distribution facility  
Offices 
Sterling silver manufacturing facility 
Showrooms 
Offices  
Showrooms 
Offices 
Showroom & offices 

Size     
(square feet) 
753,000 
700,000 
473,000 
210,000 
114,000 
69,000 
60,000 
55,000 
37,000 
18,000 
11,000 
11,000 
7,000 

Owned/
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Owned 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 

Note: 

(1)  The Company plans to vacate this facility in 2009.  
(2) 

In early 2009, the Company vacated a New York showroom consisting of 26,000 square feet. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 

The Company has, from time to time, been involved in various legal proceedings.  The Company believes that all 
current litigation is routine in nature and incidental to the conduct of its business, and that none of this litigation, 
if  determined  adversely  to  it,  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows.  

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

None 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5. Market For The Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 
of Equity Securities  

(a) 

The  Company’s  common  stock  is  traded  under  the  symbol  “LCUT”  on  The  NASDAQ  Global  Select 
Market (“NASDAQ”).   

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for the common stock of the Company for the 
fiscal periods indicated as reported by NASDAQ. 

2008 

2007 

High 

Low 

High 

Low 

First quarter 

$13.37 

Second quarter 

   9.95 

Third quarter 

 10.86 

Fourth quarter 

   10.02 

$ 8.51 

   6.70 

   6.94 

   3.00 

$20.94 

$16.41 

 23.43 

 21.27 

 21.15 

  20.00 

 17.77 

 11.95 

At December 31, 2008, the Company estimates that there were approximately 2,290 beneficial holders of 
the Company’s common stock. 

The Company is authorized to issue 100 shares of Series A Preferred stock and 2,000,000 shares of Series 
B Preferred stock, none of which is issued or outstanding. 

The Company paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.0625 per share, or a total annual cash dividend of $0.25 
per share, on its common stock during 2008 and 2007.  In February 2009, in light of current economic 
conditions,  the  Company  suspended  paying  a  cash  dividend  on  its  outstanding  common  shares.  The 
Company will review this decision as circumstances may warrant. 

The following table summarizes the Company’s equity compensation plan as of December 31, 2008: 

Plan category 
Equity compensation plan approved by security holders 
Equity compensation plan not approved by security holders 

Total 

Number of 
shares of 
common stock 
to be issued 
upon exercise 
of outstanding 
options 
2,036,650 
(cid:2) 
2,036,650 

Weighted- 
average 
exercise 
price of 
outstanding 
options 
$20.41 
(cid:2) 
$20.41 

Number of 
shares of 
common 
stock 
remaining 
available for 
future 
issuance 
11,031 
(cid:2) 
11,031 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERFORMANCE GRAPH 

The  following  chart  compares  the  cumulative  total  return  on  the  Company’s  common  stock  with  the 
NASDAQ Market Index and the Hemscott Group Index for Housewares & Accessories. The comparisons 
in  this  chart  are  required  by  the  SEC  and  are  not  intended  to  forecast  or  be  indicative  of  the  possible 
future performance of the Company’s common stock. 

COMPARISON OF 5-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN 
AMONG LIFETIME BRANDS, INC., 

NASDAQ MARKET INDEX AND HEMSCOTT GROUP INDEX (1) 

S
R
A
L
L
O
D

175 

150 

125 

100 

75 

50 

25 

0 
2003 

2004 

2005

2006

2007 

2008

LIFETIME BRANDS, INC.
HEMSCOTT GROUP 
NASDAQ MARKET INDEX

Date 
12/31/2003 
12/31/2004 
12/31/2005 
12/31/2006 
12/31/2007 
12/31/2008 

Lifetime 
Brands, Inc. 
$100.00 
95.66 
125.96 
101.24 
81.03 
22.88 

Hemscott 
Group Index 
$100.00
104.52 
102.77 
127.61 
110.73 
47.21 

NASDAQ 
Market 
Index 

$100.00 
108.41 
110.79 
122.16 
134.29 
79.25 

Note: 
(1)  The chart assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2003 and dividends were reinvested.  Measurement points are at 
the last trading day of each of the fiscal years ended December 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004.  The material in this 
chart is not soliciting material, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not incorporated 
by reference in any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934, as amended, whether or not made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and irrespective 
of any general incorporation language in such filing.  A list of the companies included in the Hemscott Group Index will 
be furnished by the Company to any stockholder upon written request to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. 

(c) 

In 2007, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized a program to repurchase up to $40.0 million 
of the Company’s common stock through open market purchases or privately-negotiated transactions.  As 
of December 31, 2008, the Company had purchased in the open market and retired a total of 1,362,505 
shares of its common stock for a total cost of $22.7 million under the program. There were no purchases 
during 2008. In March 2009, the Board of Directors of the Company terminated the program. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 

The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, 
and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, have been derived from the 
Company’s  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K. 
The  selected  consolidated  statement  of  income  data  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2005  and  2004,  and  the 
selected  consolidated  balance  sheet  data  at  December  31,  2006,  2005  and  2004,  have  been  derived  from  the 
Company’s audited consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K 
for those respective years, which are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.   

This information should be read together with the discussion in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  and  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  to  those 
statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA (1) 

2008  

Year ended December 31, 
2007 

2006 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

2005 

2004 

Net sales 

$487,935 

$493,725 

$457,400   

$307,897 

$189,458 

Cost of sales 
Distribution expenses 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Goodwill and intangible asset impairment 
Restructuring expenses 
Income (loss) from operations 

303,535 
57,695 
131,226 
29,400 
17,992 
        (51,913)

288,997 
53,493 
128,527 
            (cid:2) 
1,924 
20,784 

265,749 
49,729 
112,122 
         (cid:2) 
         (cid:2) 

29,800 

178,295 
34,539 
69,891 
         (cid:2) 
         (cid:2) 

25,172 

111,497 
22,830 
40,282 
         (cid:2) 
         (cid:2) 

14,849 

Interest expense 
Other income, net 

          (9,142)
                (cid:2) 

        (8,397)
          3,935 

        (4,576) 
             31 

        (2,489)
            73 

           (835)
             60 

Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in 

earnings of Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B. 

Income tax benefit (provision) 
Equity in earnings of Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B., 

net of taxes 

Net income (loss) 

        (61,055)
10,540 

16,322 
        (7,430)

25,255 
         (9,723) 

22,756 
        (8,647)

14,074 
        (5,602)

1,486 

           (cid:2) 

          (cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2)

      $(49,029)

$   8,892 

$ 15,532   

$  14,109 

$   8,472 

Basic income (loss) per common share  
Weighted-average shares outstanding – basic 

      $    (4.09)
11,976 

$     0.69   
12,969 

$     1.18 
13,171 

$      1.25 
11,283 

$     0.77 
10,982 

Diluted income (loss) per common share  
Weighted-average shares outstanding – diluted 

      $    (4.09)
11,976 

$     0.68   
13,099 

$     1.14  
14,716 

$      1.23 
11,506 

$     0.75 
11,226 

Cash dividends per common share 

$     0.25   

$     0.25   

$     0.25 

$      0.25 

$     0.25 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA (1) 
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Working capital 
Total assets 
Short-term borrowings  
Long-term debt 
Convertible notes 
Stockholders’ equity 

Note: 

                     December 31, 

2008 

     2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

$232,678 
149,981 
82,697 
341,781 
89,300 
              (cid:2) 
75,000 
90,373 

$228,078 
71,283 
156,795 
371,415 
13,500 
55,200 
75,000 
147,240 

(in thousands) 
$231,633 
89,727 
141,906 
343,064 
21,500 
5,000 
75,000 
161,611 

$155,750 
69,907 
85,843 
222,648 
14,500 
5,000 
          (cid:2) 
140,487 

$103,425 
52,913 
50,512 
157,217 
19,400 
5,000 

         (cid:2) 

92,938 

(1)  The Company acquired the business and certain assets of the following in the respective years noted which affects the comparability of the periods: 
Excel  Importing  Corp.  in  July  2004,  Pfaltzgraff®  in  July  2005,  Salton  in  September  2005,  Syratech  in  April  2006,  Pomerantz®  and  Design  for 
Living® in April 2007, Gorham® in July 2007, 29.99% interest in Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B. in December 2007 and Mikasa® in June 2008. 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The  following  discussion  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the 
Company and notes thereto set forth in Item 8.  This discussion contains forward-looking statements relating to 
future  events  and  the  future  performance  of  the  Company  based  on  the  Company’s  current  expectations, 
assumptions, estimates and projections about it and the Company’s industry. These forward-looking statements 
involve risks and uncertainties. The Company’s actual results and timing of various events could differ materially 
from  those  anticipated  in  such  forward-looking  statements  as  a  result  of  a  variety  of  factors,  as  more  fully 
described in this section and elsewhere in this Annual Report. The Company undertakes no obligation to update 
publicly  any  forward-looking  statements  for  any  reason,  even  if  new  information  becomes  available  or  other 
events occur in the future. 

ABOUT THE COMPANY 
The Company is one of North America’s leading resources for nationally branded food preparation, tabletop and 
home décor products.  The Company’s three major product categories are Food Preparation, Tabletop and Home 
Décor. The Company markets several product lines within each of these product categories and under each of the 
Company’s brands, primarily targeting moderate to premium price points, through every major level of trade. The 
Company’s  competitive  advantage  is  based  on  strong  brands,  an  emphasis  on  innovation  and  new  product 
development and excellent sourcing capabilities. The Company owns or licenses a number of the leading brands in 
its  industry  including  Farberware®,  KitchenAid®,  Cuisinart®,  Pfaltzgraff®  and  Mikasa®.  Historically,  the 
Company’s  sales  growth  has  come  from  expanding  product  offerings  within  the  Company’s  current  categories  by 
developing existing brands, and acquiring new brands and product categories.  Key factors in the Company’s growth 
strategy have been, and will continue to be, the selective use and management of the Company’s strong brands, and 
the Company’s ability to provide a steady stream of new products and designs.  A significant element of this strategy 
is the Company’s in-house design and development team that creates new products, packaging and merchandising 
concepts.  

EFFECTS OF THE CURRENT ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 

The  Company’s  financial  performance  in  2008  was  negatively  affected  by  unfavorable  global  economic 
conditions.  Continued  or further deteriorating economic conditions would likely have an adverse impact on the 
Company’s  sales  volumes,  pricing  levels  and  profitability  in  2009.  As  economic  conditions  change,  trends  in 
discretionary consumer spending also become unpredictable and subject to reductions due to uncertainties about 
the future. If consumers reduce discretionary spending, purchases of the Company’s products may also decline.  A 
general  reduction  in  consumer  discretionary  spending  due  to  the  recession  or  uncertainties  regarding  future 
economic prospects could continue to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and 
results of operations.  

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
BUSINESS SEGMENTS 
The Company operates in two reportable business segments; the wholesale segment which is the Company’s primary 
business  that  designs,  markets  and  distributes  its  products  to  retailers  and  distributors,  and  the  direct-to-consumer 
segment,  through  its  Pfaltzgraff®  and  Mikasa®  Internet  websites  and  the  Company’s  Pfaltzgraff®  mail-order 
catalogs.  During 2008, the Company also operated retail stores utilizing the Pfaltzgraff® and Farberware® names 
that were included in the direct-to-consumer segment.  However, the Company ceased operating these retail stores by 
December 31, 2008.   

RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES 

In 2008, the Company recognized $18.0 million in pre-tax charges in connection with the retail store closings and 
other  restructuring  activities  consisting  of  non-cash  fixed  asset  impairment  charges,  store  lease  obligations, 
employee related expenses and other related costs.  

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSET IMPAIRMENT 

The  Company  recognized  a  non-cash  goodwill  impairment  charge  of  $27.4  million  and  a  non-cash  impairment 
charge related to certain intangible assets of $2.0 million at December 31, 2008 in accordance with Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No.142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. 

MIKASA® ACQUISITION  

In  June  2008,  the  Company  acquired  the  business  and  certain  assets  of  Mikasa,  Inc.  (“Mikasa®”)  from  Arc 
International  SA.    Mikasa®  is  a  leading  provider  of  dinnerware,  crystal  stemware,  barware,  flatware  and 
decorative accessories.  Mikasa® products are distributed through department stores, specialty stores and big box 
chains, as well as through the Internet.  Net sales from Mikasa® in 2008 were $35.0 million.  

DEBT COVENANTS   

At December 31, 2008, the Company was not in compliance with the financial covenants required by the Credit 
Facility.  On each of February 12, 2009 and March 6, 2009, the Company entered into a forbearance agreement 
and  amendment  to  the  Credit  Facility  whereby  the  lenders  agreed  to  forbear  from  taking  actions  they  would 
otherwise have been permitted to take as a result of the non-compliance. In consideration thereof, the Company 
agreed to further restrictions on its borrowings and an increase in the applicable margin rates. 

 On  March  31,  2009,  the  Company  entered  into  a  waiver  and  amendment  to  the  Credit  Facility  (the 
“Amendment”).    Pursuant  to  the  Amendment,  the  Company’s  lenders  waived  the  Company’s  non-compliance 
with the financial covenants required by the Credit Facility at December 31, 2008. The Amendment modifies the 
Credit Facility in certain ways including, as follows: (i) changes the maturity date to January 31, 2011, (ii) adds 
certain  asset  categories  to  the  borrowing  base,  (iii)  increases  the  applicable  margin  rates  (including a minimum 
LIBOR  of  1.75%),  (iv)  revises  the  minimum  EBITDA  and  fixed  charge  coverage  covenants  and  adds  both  a 
minimum  net  sales  and  maximum  capital  expenditures  covenant,  (v)  eliminates  the  requirement  of  maximum 
leverage and minimum interest coverage ratios, (vi) eliminates the $50 million accordion feature, (vii) revises the 
minimum excess availability rates and (viii) places restrictions on dividends and acquisitions. 

The  Company  believes  that  availability  under  the  Credit  Facility  will  be  sufficient  to  fund  the  Company’s 
operations  for  fiscal  2009.  However,  if  circumstances  were  to  change,  the  Company  may  need  to  refinance the 
Credit  Facility  or  otherwise  amend  the  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility.  In  addition,  the  Company  would  seek  to 
engage in further activities, including efforts to lower its inventory and to reduce expenses. However, there can be 
no assurance that any such actions would be successful or that the results of any such actions would be adequate.  

21 

 
 
 
SEASONALITY  

The Company’s business and working capital needs are highly seasonal, with a majority of sales occurring in the 
third and fourth quarters. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, net sales for the third and fourth quarters accounted for 61%, 
61% and 65% of total annual net sales, respectively.  In anticipation of the pre-holiday shipping season, inventory 
levels increase primarily in the June through October time period. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following table sets forth statement of operations data of the Company as a percentage of net sales for the 
periods indicated below. 

Year Ended December 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 
Distribution expenses 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Goodwill and intangible asset impairment 
Restructuring expenses 

Income (loss) from operations 

Interest expense 
Other income, net 

100.0 %
62.2  
11.8  
26.9  
6.0  
3.7  

         (10.6)  

           (1.9)  
            (cid:2) 

Income (loss) before income taxes and equity 
in earnings for Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B. 

         (12.5)  

Income tax benefit (provision) 
Equity in earnings for Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B., 

net of taxes 

Net income (loss) 

2.2  

0.3  

100.0 % 
58.5  
10.8  
26.0  
(cid:2) 
0.4  

100.0 %
58.1  
10.9  
24.5  
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

4.3  

6.5  

(1.7)
              0.8 

3.4  

(1.6)

(cid:2)  

(1.0)
(cid:2) 

5.5

(2.1)

(cid:2)

         (10.0) %

1.8 % 

3.4 %

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

2008 COMPARED TO 2007 

Net Sales 
Net sales for the year were $487.9 million, a decrease of 1.2% over net sales of $493.7 million in 2007. 

Net sales for the wholesale segment in 2008 were $403.6 million, a decrease of $13.3 million or 3.2% over net 
sales  of  $416.9  million  for  2007.    Excluding  Mikasa®  net  sales  of  $32.8  million,  net  sales  for  the  wholesale 
segment  were  $370.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  a  decrease  of  $46.1  million  or  11.1% 
compared to the 2007 period.  The decrease is the result of volume declines in most of the Company’s product 
categories.  Management  attributes  these  declines  primarily  to  the  economic  slowdown’s  effect  on  consumer 
spending.  

Net  sales  for  the  direct-to-consumer  segment  in  2008  were  $84.3  million  compared  to  $76.8  million  for  2007.  
The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  the  going-out-of-business  sales  at  the  Company’s  retail  stores  that  were  all 
closed by December 31, 2008 and to a lesser extent, an increase in Internet sales as a result of the acquisition of 
Mikasa®. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of sales 
Cost of sales for 2008 was $303.5 million compared to $289.0 million for 2007.  Cost of sales as a percentage of 
net sales was 62.2% for 2008 compared to 58.5% for 2007. 

Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales for the wholesale segment was 64.0% for 2008 compared to 62.1% for 
2007.  The reduction in gross margin was due primarily to the Company’s continued effort to reduce inventory 
levels. 

Cost  of  sales  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales  for  the  direct-to-consumer  segment  increased  to  53.4%  in  2008  from 
39.1%  in  2007.  The  increase  was  due  to  lower  margins  as  a  result  of  the  going-out-of-business  sales  at  the 
Company’s retail stores. 

Distribution expenses 
Distribution expenses for 2008 were $57.7 million compared to $53.5 million for 2007.  Distribution expenses as 
a percentage of net sales were 11.8% in 2008 and 10.8% for 2007. 

Distribution  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales  for  the  wholesale  segment  increased  to  11.0%  in  2008  from 
9.5% for 2007.  The increase in distribution expenses as a percentage of net sales was due primarily to transitional 
service expenses related to Mikasa® acquired in June 2008, duplicative expenses related to the consolidation of 
the  Company’s  West  Coast  distribution  centers  and  lower  sales  volume,  partially  offset  by  improved  labor 
efficiency.    

Distribution  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales  for  the  direct-to-consumer  segment  were  15.9%  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2008 compared to 17.8% for 2007.  The decrease was due primarily to reduced third-party 
warehouse costs as a result of planned decreases in inventory levels, improved labor efficiency and the effects of 
higher sales volume. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2008 were $131.2 million, an increase of 2.1% over the $128.5 
million in 2007.   

Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2008 for the wholesale segment were $83.0 million, an increase 
of  $7.8  million  or  10.4%  over  the  $75.2  million  in  2007.    As  a  percentage  of  net  sales,  selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses were 20.6% for 2008 compared to 18.0% for 2007.  The increase was primarily due to 
transitional services and an increase in compensation as a result of the Mikasa® acquisition, the full-year effect of 
depreciation expense on 2007 capital expenditures and higher provisions for doubtful accounts.   

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  2008  for  the  direct-to-consumer  segment  were  $37.3  million 
compared  to  $41.2  million  for  2007.  The  decrease  was  due  to  operating  fewer  stores  during  2008  compared  to 
2007. 

Unallocated corporate expenses for 2008 and 2007 were $10.9 million and $12.2 million, respectively.  Higher 
expenses in 2007 were primarily due to a charge related to the termination of a licensing agreement. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill and intangible asset impairment  
In  2008,  the  Company  recorded  a  non-cash  goodwill  impairment  charge  of  $27.4  million  and  a  non-cash 
impairment charge related to certain of its other intangible assets of $2.0 million in accordance with SFAS No. 
142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.  

Restructuring expenses 

In  2008,  in  connection  with  the  cessation  of  its  retail  store  operations  and  the  plans  to  vacate  its  distribution 
facility in York, Pennsylvania, the Company recorded a $3.9 million non-cash fixed asset impairment charge and 
$14.1 million in restructuring related expenses consisting of lease obligations, consulting fees, employee related 
expenses, and other incremental costs.  

Interest expense 
Interest expense for 2008 was $9.1 million compared to $8.4 million for 2007.  The increase in interest expense 
was attributable to higher average borrowings outstanding under the Company’s Credit Facility during 2008.  The 
increase was offset in part by lower average interest rates in 2008. 

Other income, net 
Other income, net was zero in 2008 and $3.9 million in 2007.  In 2007, the Company recognized a gain on the 
sale of its former corporate headquarters and a gain on a foreign currency forward contract. 

Income tax benefit (provision) 
The  income  tax  benefit  for  2008  was  $10.5  million,  compared  to  a  provision  of  $7.4  million  for  2007.    The 
Company’s effective income tax rate was 17.3% for 2008 and 45.5% for 2007.  The decrease in the effective tax 
rate in 2008 was due to valuation allowances the Company recorded against certain deferred tax assets. 

2007 COMPARED TO 2006 

Net Sales 
Net sales for the year were $493.7 million, an increase of 7.9% over net sales of $457.4 million in 2006. 

Net sales for the wholesale segment in 2007 were $416.9 million, an increase of $42.8 million or 11.4% over net 
sales  of  $374.1  million  for  2006.    The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  the  2007  full  year  inclusion  of  Syratech 
which was acquired in April 2006. Excluding Syratech, net sales were $289.2 million in 2007 and $280.8 million 
in 2006, an increase of 3.0%. The increase was attributable to growth in the Food Preparation product category, 
particularly with respect to Farberware® brand products and new retail programs. 

Net  sales  for  the  direct-to-consumer  segment  in  2007  were  $76.8  million  compared  to  $83.3  million  for  2006.  
The  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  a  decline  in  outlet  store  sales,  slightly  offset  by  a  modest  improvement  in 
catalog and Internet volume. The decrease in outlet stores sales was due to the planned reductions in promotional 
events that occurred in 2006 and a reduction in the number of stores from 83 stores at year end 2006 to 78 stores 
at year end 2007.  

24 

 
 
 
 
 
Cost of sales 
Cost of sales for 2007 was $289.0 million compared to $265.7 million for 2006.  Cost of sales as a percentage of 
net sales was 58.5% for 2007 compared to 58.1% for 2006. 

Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales for the wholesale segment was 62.1% for 2007 compared to 61.4% for 
2006.  The wholesale segment’s cost of sales, excluding Syratech, was 59.0% for 2007 compared to 58.3% for 
2006.  The increase in cost of sales as a percentage of net sales was primarily attributable to changes in product 
mix and distribution strategy.  

Cost  of  sales  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales  for  the  direct-to-consumer  segment  decreased  to  39.1%  in  2007  from 
43.7% in 2006. The decrease was primarily due to the planned reductions in promotional events that occurred in 
2006. 

Distribution expenses 
Distribution expenses for 2007 were $53.5 million compared to $49.7 million for 2006.  Distribution expenses as 
a percentage of net sales were 10.8% in 2007 and 10.9% for 2006. 

Distribution  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales  for  the  wholesale  segment  improved  to  9.5%  in  2007  from 
10.2% for 2006.  The improvement resulted, in part, from the full year inclusion of Syratech which had a higher 
proportion of its sales shipped directly from overseas suppliers than the Company’s other major product lines. The 
improvement also came from improved labor management and an improved warehouse management system.    

Distribution  expenses  for  the  direct-to-consumer  segment  were  approximately  $13.7  million  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2007  compared  to  $11.7  million  for  2006.    The  increase  in  distribution  expenses  was  primarily 
attributable to the higher receiving and storage costs associated with higher inventory levels. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2007 were $128.5 million, an increase of 14.6% over the $112.1 
million in 2006.   

Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2007 for the wholesale segment were $75.2 million, an increase 
of  $15.3  million  or  25.5%  over  the  $59.9  million  in  2006.    As  a  percentage  of  net  sales,  selling,  general  and 
administrative  expenses  were  18.0%  for  2007  compared  to  16.0%  for  2006.    The  increase  resulted  from  the 
inclusion of Syratech for a full year in 2007, occupancy costs for the new leased headquarters and showroom in 
Garden  City,  consulting  and  depreciation  expense  for  the  new  SAP  business  enterprise  system,  the  costs  of 
maintaining  the  Company’s  former  headquarters  until  its  sale  in  November  2007,  compensation  expense  and 
additional selling expenses.  

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  2007  for  the  direct-to-consumer  segment  were  $41.2  million 
compared to $43.3 million for 2006. The decrease is primarily due to Farberware® store closings during 2007 and 
reductions  in  divisional  staffing.    Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales  was 
53.6% for 2007 compared to 52.0% for 2006. The increased percentage results from the decline in net sales. 

Unallocated  corporate  expenses  for  2007  and  2006  were  $12.2  million  and  $8.9  million,  respectively.    The 
increase was primarily due to a one-time charge related to the termination of a licensing agreement, higher stock 
option expense and professional expenses.  

Restructuring 
In December 2007, the Company commenced a plan to close 30 underperforming outlet stores by the end of the 
first  quarter  of  2008.  In  connection  with  this  plan,  the  Company  recorded  an  asset  impairment  charge  of  $1.6 
million for fixed assets in the stores to be closed and a restructuring charge of $289,000 for liquidation expenses. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
    
Interest expense 
Interest expense for 2007 was $8.4 million compared to $4.6 million for 2006.  The increase in interest expense 
was primarily attributable to an increase in the amount outstanding under the Company’s Credit Facility in 2007 
compared  to  2006  and  interest  on  the  Company’s  4.75%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  issued  in  June  2006.  The 
additional borrowings under the Company’s Credit Facility were in support of capital expenditures, repurchases 
of  the  Company’s  common  stock  and  business  acquisitions.  The  Company  used  the  proceeds  from  the  4.75% 
Convertible Senior Notes to repay outstanding borrowings under the Company’s Credit Facility. 

Other income, net 
Other income, net for 2007 was $3.9 million compared to $31,000 for 2006.  The increase in other income, net 
was  primarily  attributable  to  the  gain  that  the  Company  recognized  on  the  sale  of  its  former  corporate 
headquarters and to a lesser extent the gain on the sale of a foreign currency forward during 2007. 

Income tax provision 
The  income  tax  provision  for  2007  was  $7.4  million,  compared  to  $9.7  million  for  2006.    The  Company’s 
effective income tax rate was 45.5% for 2007 and 38.5% for 2006. The increase is attributable principally to stock 
option expense that is not deductible for income tax purposes.  

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 
Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  discusses  the 
Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles  and  with  the  instructions  to  Form  10-K  and  Article  10  of  Regulation  S-X.   The 
preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the 
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an      on-
going  basis,  management  evaluates  its  estimates  and  judgments  based  on  historical  experience  and  on  various 
other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for 
making  judgments  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other 
sources.  The  Company  evaluates  these  estimates  including  those  related  to  revenue  recognition,  allowances  for 
doubtful  accounts,  reserves  for  sales  returns  and  allowances  and  customer  chargebacks,  inventory  mark-down 
provisions, impairment of tangible and intangible assets, including goodwill, stock option expense and accruals 
related  to  the  Company’s  tax  positions.    Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  using  different 
assumptions  and  under  different  conditions.  The  Company’s  significant  accounting  policies  are  more  fully 
described in Note A to the consolidated financial statements.  The Company believes that the following discussion 
addresses  its  most  critical  accounting  policies,  which  are  those  that  are  most  important  to  the  portrayal  of  the 
Company’s  consolidated  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  and  require  management’s  most  difficult, 
subjective and complex judgments. 

Inventory 
Inventory  consists  principally  of  finished  goods  sourced  from  third-party  suppliers.  Inventory  also  includes 
finished  goods,  work  in  process  and  raw  materials  related  to  the  Company’s  manufacture  of  sterling  silver 
products. Inventory is priced by the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market method. Consistent with the 
seasonality of the Company’s business, inventory generally increases, beginning late in the second quarter of the 
year, and reaches a peak at the end of the third quarter or early in the fourth quarter, and declines thereafter. The 
Company periodically reviews and analyzes inventory based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, 
future  product  demand  for  items  and  estimated  profitability  of  merchandise.  When  appropriate,  the  Company 
writes down inventory to net realizable value.  

26 

 
 
 
Revenue recognition 
The Company sells products wholesale to retailers and distributors and retail, direct to the consumer through the 
Company’s factory and outlet store, catalog and Internet operations.  Wholesale sales are recognized when title 
passes and the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the customer. Store sales are recognized at the 
time of sale. Catalog and Internet sales are recognized upon receipt by the customer. Shipping and handling fees 
that  are  billed  to  customers  in  sales  transactions  are  recorded  in  net  sales.  Net  sales  exclude  taxes  that  are 
collected from customers and remitted to the taxing authorities.    

Receivables 
The  Company  periodically  reviews  the  collectibility  of  its  accounts  receivable  and  establishes  allowances  for 
estimated losses that could result from the inability of its customers to make required payments.  A considerable 
amount  of  judgment  is  required  to  assess  the  ultimate  realization  of  these  receivables  including  assessing  the 
credit-worthiness  of  each  wholesale  customer.  The  Company  also  maintains  an  allowance  for  sales  returns  and 
customer  chargebacks.  To  evaluate  the  adequacy  of  the  sales  returns  and  customer  chargeback  allowances  the 
Company  analyzes  currently  available  information  and  historical  trends.  If  the  financial  conditions  of  the 
Company’s  customers  were  to  deteriorate,  resulting  in  an  impairment  of  their  ability  to  make  payments,  or  the 
Company’s estimate of sales returns was determined to be inadequate, additional allowances may be required.  

Goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets 
Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but instead are subject to annual 
impairment tests in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.  

Long-lived  assets,  including  intangible  assets  deemed  to  have  finite  lives  are  reviewed  for  impairment  in 
accordance  with  SFAS  No.  144,  Accounting  for  the  Impairment  or  Disposal  of  Long-lived  Assets,  whenever 
events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  such  assets  may  have  been  impaired.  Impairment  indicators 
include among other conditions, cash flow deficits, historic or anticipated declines in revenue or operating profit 
or  material  adverse  changes  in  the  business  climate  that  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  be 
impaired. When impairment indicators are present, the Company compares the carrying value of the assets to the 
estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets.  If the assets are considered to be 
impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets 
exceeds the fair value of the assets.   

Employee stock options  
The Company accounts for its stock options in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment. SFAS 
123(R) requires the measurement of compensation expense for all share-based compensation granted to employees 
and  non-employee  directors  at  fair  value  on  the  date  of  grant  and  recognition  of  compensation  expense  over  the 
related service period for awards expected to vest.  The Company uses the Black-Scholes option valuation model to 
estimate the fair value of its stock options. The Black-Scholes option valuation model requires the input of highly 
subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility of the Company’s common stock.  Changes in 
these subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate of the Company’s stock options.  

Income taxes 
The Company applies the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation (“FIN”) 
No.  48,  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes,  for  the  financial  statement  recognition,  measurement  and 
disclosure of uncertain tax positions recognized in the Company’s financial statements in accordance with FASB 
Statement  No.  109,  Accounting  for  Income  Taxes.  Tax  positions  must  meet  a  more-likely-than-not  recognition 
threshold  and  measurement  attribute  for  the  financial  statement  recognition  and  measurement  of  a  tax  position 
taken upon the adoption of FIN No. 48 or in subsequent periods. The Company adopted FIN No. 48 on January 1, 
2007. 

27 

 
 
Derivatives 
The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative 
Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities,  and  subsequent  amendments.  SFAS No.  133  requires  that  all  derivative 
instruments be recognized on the balance sheet at fair value as either an asset or a liability. Changes in the fair 
value  of  derivatives  that  qualify  as  hedges  and  have  been  designated  as  part  of  a  hedging  relationship  for 
accounting purposes have no net impact on earnings to the extent the derivative is considered perfectly effective 
in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged, until the hedged 
item is recognized in earnings. For derivatives that do not qualify or are not designated as hedging instruments for 
accounting purposes, changes in fair value are recorded in current period earnings.  

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

The Company’s principal sources of cash to fund liquidity needs are: (i) cash provided by operating activities and 
(ii)  borrowings  available  under  its  Credit  Facility.    The  Company’s  primary  uses  of  funds  consist  of  working 
capital  requirements,  capital  expenditures,  payment  of  principal  and  interest  on  its  debt,  payment  of  cash 
dividends and business acquisitions.  

At December 31, 2008, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $3.5 million, compared to $4.2 million at 
December  31,  2007,  working  capital  was  $82.7  million  at  December  31,  2008  compared  to  $156.8  million  at 
December 31, 2007 and the current ratio was 1.55  to 1 at December 31, 2008 compared to 3.20 to 1 at December 
31, 2007. 

Borrowings under the Company’s Credit Facility increased to $89.3 million at December 31, 2008 compared to 
$68.7  million  at  December  31,  2007.    The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  the  acquisition  of  Mikasa®.    The 
Company  believes  that  its  cash  and  cash  equivalents  plus  internally  generated  funds  and  its  new  credit 
arrangement will be sufficient to finance its operations for the next twelve months.   

Share repurchase program 
In 2007, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized a program to repurchase up to $40.0 million of the 
Company’s common stock through open market purchases or privately-negotiated transactions.  As of December 
31, 2008, the Company had purchased in the open market and retired a total of 1,362,505 shares of its common 
stock for a total cost of $22.7 million under the program. There were no purchases during 2008. In March 2009, 
the Board of Directors of the Company terminated the program. 

Credit facility   

The Company has a $150 million secured credit facility, which until March 31, 2009, had an accordion feature for 
an additional $50 million and matures in April 2011 (the “Credit Facility”).  Borrowings under the Credit Facility 
are  secured  by  all  assets  of  the  Company.    Under  the  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility  (until  March  31,  2009),  the 
Company  was  required  to  satisfy  certain  financial  covenants,  including  maximum  leverage  and  capital 
expenditures and a minimum interest coverage ratio. Borrowings under the Credit Facility have different interest 
rate options that are based either on, (i) an alternate base rate, (ii) LIBOR, or (iii) the lender’s cost of funds rate, 
plus in each case a margin based on the applicable leverage ratio.  

In March 2008, the Credit Facility was amended to: (i) establish a borrowing base (comprised of a percentage of 
each  of  eligible  accounts  receivable,  inventory  and  trademarks)  calculation  to  determine  availability  under  the 
Credit Facility, (ii) increase the applicable margin rates and (iii) revised certain financial covenants. In September 
2008, the Credit Facility was further amended to: (i) establish a minimum excess availability amount, (ii) include 
a minimum fixed charge ratio and a minimum EBITDA covenants, (iii) revise the leverage and interest coverage 
covenants and (iv) increased the applicable margin rates.   

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2008, the Company was not in compliance with the financial covenants required by the Credit 
Facility.  On each of February 12, 2009 and March 6, 2009, the Company entered into a forbearance agreement 
and  amendment  to  the  Credit  Facility  whereby  the  lenders  agreed  to  forbear  from  taking  actions  they  would 
otherwise have been permitted to take as a result of the non-compliance. In consideration thereof, the Company 
agreed to further restrictions on its borrowings and an increase in the applicable margin rates. At December 31, 
2008, the Company had $2.1 million of open letters of credit and $89.3 million of borrowings outstanding under 
the Credit Facility.  Interest rates on outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2008 ranged from 2.50% to 7.07%.  
The Company has interest rate swap and collar agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $55.2 million.  
The  Company  entered  into  these  agreements  to  effectively  fix  the  interest  rate  on  a  portion  of  its  borrowings 
under the Credit Facility. 

 On  March  31,  2009,  the  Company  entered  into  a  waiver  and  amendment  to  the  Credit  Facility  (the 
“Amendment”).    Pursuant  to  the  Amendment,  the  Company’s  lenders  waived  the  Company’s  non-compliance 
with the financial covenants required by the Credit Facility at December 31, 2008. The Amendment modifies the 
Credit Facility in certain ways including, as follows: (i) changes the maturity date to January 31, 2011, (ii) adds 
certain  asset  categories  to  the  borrowing  base,  (iii)  increases  the  applicable  margin  rates  (including a minimum 
LIBOR  of  1.75%),  (iv)  revises  the  minimum  EBITDA  and  fixed  charge  coverage  covenants  and  adds  both  a 
minimum  net  sales  and  maximum  capital  expenditures  covenant,  (v)  eliminates  the  requirement  of  maximum 
leverage and minimum interest coverage ratios, (vi) eliminates the $50 million accordion feature, (vii) revises the 
minimum excess availability amount and (viii) places restrictions on dividends and acquisitions. As of March 31, 
2009  (on  a  pro  forma  basis  after  giving  effect  to  the  terms  of  the  Amendment),  the  Company  had  available 
liquidity  of  $29.7  million  under  the  Credit  Facility.  The  Amendment  also  provides  for  a  lock-box  arrangement 
with  the  collateral  agent.  Pursuant  to  the  Amendment,  although  the  Credit  Agreement  matures  on  January  31, 
2011,  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  95-22,  Balance  Sheet  Classification  of  Borrowings  Outstanding  under 
Revolving  Credit  Arrangements  That  Include  both  a  Subjective  Acceleration  Clause  and  a  Lock-Box 
Arrangement,  requires the indebtedness to be classified as a current liability on the consolidated balance sheet as 
of December 31, 2008. 

During  2008  and  continuing  in  2009,  the  Company  has  implemented  certain  actions  in  an  effort  to improve its 
future financial performance. Such actions include closing its retail outlet stores, consolidating distribution centers 
and in 2009 paring certain selling, general and administrative expenses.   

The  Company  believes  that  availability  under  the  Credit  Facility  will  be  sufficient  to  fund  the  Company’s 
operations  for  fiscal  2009.  However,  if  circumstances  were  to  change,  the  Company  may  need  to  refinance the 
Credit  Facility  or  otherwise  amend  the  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility.  In  addition,  the  Company  would  seek  to 
engage in further activities, including efforts to lower its inventory and to reduce expenses. However, there can be 
no assurance that any such actions would be successful or that the results of any such actions would be adequate. 

Convertible Notes 
The  Company  has  outstanding  $75  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  4.75%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due 
2011 (the “Notes”).  The Notes are convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price 
of $28.00 per share, subject to adjustment in certain events. The Notes bear interest at 4.75% per annum, payable 
semiannually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year and are unsubordinated except with respect to the 
Company’s debt to the extent secured by the Company’s assets. The Notes mature on July 15, 2011. The Notes 
are convertible at the option of the holder anytime prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the 
maturity  date.    Upon  conversion,  the  Company  may  elect  to  deliver  either  shares  of  the  Company’s  common 
stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock in satisfaction of the Company’s 
obligations upon conversion of the Notes.  If the Notes are not converted prior to the maturity date the Company 
is required to pay the holders of the Notes the principal amount of the Notes in cash upon maturity.  

29 

 
 
Dividends 
The Company has declared and paid the following dividends in 2008: 

Dividend 
$0.0625 
$0.0625 
$0.0625 
$0.0625 

  Date declared 

January 23, 2008 
March 4, 2008 
June 5, 2008 
October 30, 2008 

  Date of record 
  February 8, 2008 
  May 2, 2008 
  August 1, 2008 
  November 14, 2008 

  Payment date 
  February 15, 2008 
  May 16, 2008 
  August 15, 2008 
  November 28, 2008 

In February 2009, in light of current economic conditions, the Company suspended paying a cash dividend on its 
outstanding shares of common stock. The Company will review this decision as circumstances may warrant.   

Operating activities 
Cash provided by operating activities was $6.9 million in 2008 compared to $31.6 million in 2007.  The decrease 
was primarily attributable to the operating loss incurred in 2008 compared to operating income generated in 2007. 
A reduction in working capital in 2008, most notably from lower inventory levels, partially mitigated the effect of 
the lower operating performance. 

Investing activities 
Cash used in investing activities was $24.8 million in 2008 compared to $43.7 million in 2007.  2008 investing 
activities  include  cash  paid  by  the  Company  of  $16.3  million  to  acquire  the  business  and  certain  assets  of 
Mikasa®  and  capital  expenditures  of  $8.9  million  related  primarily  to  the  Company’s  new  West  Coast 
distribution  center  located  in  Fontana,  California  and  the  Company’s  new  office  space  in  Medford, 
Massachusetts.    In  2007,  investing  activities  include  cash  paid  by  the  Company  of  $1.9  million  to  acquire 
Pomerantz®  and  Design  for  Living®,  $8.3  million  paid  to  acquire  Gorham®  and  $23.0  million  to  acquire  a 
29.99%  interest  in  Grupo Vasconia S.A.B. In 2007, capital expenditures included amounts related to leasehold 
improvements  at  the  Company’s  then  new  corporate  headquarters,  costs  related  to  the  implementation  of  the 
Company’s  SAP  business  enterprise  system  and  costs  related  to  the  Company’s  new  West  Coast  distribution 
center in Fontana, California.  The Company’s 2009 planned capital expenditures are estimated not to exceed $6.0 
million.  

Financing activities 
Cash provided by financing activities was $17.2 million in 2008 compared to $16.1 million in 2007.  In 2008, the 
Company  received  net  cash  proceeds  from  borrowings under the Credit Facility of $20.6 million.  In 2007, the 
Company received net cash proceeds from borrowings under the Credit Facility of $42.2 million and used $22.7 
million for repurchases of shares of its common stock.   

Contractual obligations  
As of December 31, 2008, the Company’s contractual obligations were as follows (in thousands): 

Operating leases 
Long-term debt  
Minimum royalty payments 
Interest on long-term debt 
Post retirement benefits 
Capitalized leases 
Total 

Payment due by period 

Less 
than 
1 year 
$12,899
(cid:2)
11,252
3,563
148
258
$28,120

1-3 years 
 $24,035 
75,000 
1,577 
7,126 
296 
258 
$108,292 

3-5 years
$24,517
(cid:2)
312
(cid:2)
296
(cid:2)
$25,125

More 
than 
5 years 
$68,506
(cid:2)
1,216
(cid:2) 
2,411 
(cid:2) 
$72,133

Total 
$129,957
75,000
14,357
10,689
3,151
516
$233,670

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact the consolidated financial position, results of operations or 
cash  flows  of  the  Company.    The  Company is exposed to market risk associated  with changes in  interest rates.  
The Company’s Credit Facility bears interest at variable rates and, therefore, the Company is subject to increases 
and  decreases  in  interest  expense  resulting  from  fluctuations  in  interest  rates.    The  Company  has  entered  into 
interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $50 million and interest rate collar agreements 
with  an  aggregate  notional  amount  of  $40.2  million  to  manage  interest  rate  exposure  in  connection  with  these 
variable interest rate borrowings. There have been no changes in interest rates that would have a material impact 
on  the  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows  of  the  Company  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2008. 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 commencing 
on page F-1 are incorporated herein by reference. 

The following table sets forth certain unaudited consolidated quarterly statement of operations data for the eight 
quarters ended December 31, 2008. This information is unaudited, but in the opinion of management, it has been 
prepared substantially on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, 
have been included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the unaudited consolidated quarterly results of 
operations.  The  consolidated  quarterly  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Company’s  audited 
consolidated financial statements and the notes to such statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report. The 
results  of  operations  for  any  quarter  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  the  results  of  operations  for  any  future 
period:   

Year ended December 31, 2008 

First 
quarter(1)

Second 
quarter 

Third 
quarter(1) 

Fourth 
quarter (1)

(in thousands, except per share data) 

Net sales 
Gross profit 
Income (loss) from operations 
Net loss 
Basic and diluted loss per common share 

   $98,194 
     38,589 
(8,784)
(5,997)
$  (0.50)  

        $92,399 
          37,111 
      (6,945)
(3,183)
$  (0.27)

   $140,624 
       54,528 
          3,365 
  (674) 
     $    (0.06)  

  $156,718 
      54,172 
    (39,549)
(39,175)
  $    (3.27)

Year ended December 31, 2007 

First 
quarter 

Second 
quarter 

Third 
quarter 

Fourth 
quarter 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

Net sales 
Gross profit 
Income (loss) from operations 
Net income (loss) 
Basic income (loss) per common share 
Diluted income (loss) per common share 

$103,787
42,690

$91,371
39,465
          (552)             (1,750)
      (1,283)            (2,026)
  $    (0.10)          $   (0.15)
  $    (0.10)          $   (0.15)

$143,470 
58,936 
13,752 
6,795 
$     0.52  
$     0.47  

$155,097
63,637
9,334
5,406
$     0.44  
$     0.40  

Note: 
(1)  The Company recognized restructuring expenses of $2.9 million,  $4.6 million and $10.5 million in the first, third and fourth quarter of 2008, 

respectively, and a non-cash goodwill and intangible asset impairment of $29.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2008. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None  

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

(a) 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 
The  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Company  (its  principal  executive 
officer  and  principal  financial  and  accounting  officer,  respectively)  have  concluded,  based  on  their 
evaluation as of December 31, 2008, that the Company’s controls and procedures are effective to ensure 
that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports filed by it under the Securities 
and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and 
reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, 
and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the 
Company in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the 
Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Company,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure. 

(b) 

Changes in Internal Controls 
There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
Company’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
Management  of  the  Company  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  and  for  performing  an  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2008.  Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-
15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s 
principle  executive  and  principal  financial  officers  and  effected  by  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors, 
management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted 
accounting principles. 

Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance 
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of 
the  Company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that 
receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management 
and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of 
unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or  disposition  of  the  Company's  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the 
financial statements.  

All  internal  control  systems,  no  matter  how  well  designed,  have  inherent  limitations.  Because  of  the  inherent 
limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of  changes  in  conditions,  or  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may  deteriorate. 
Accordingly, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to 
financial statement preparation and presentation.  

Management  performed  an  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2008 using the criteria set forth in the Internal Control Integrated Framework issued 
by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  this  assessment, 
management  has  determined  that  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31, 
2008 is effective.  

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been 
audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report. 

32 

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lifetime Brands, Inc.  

We have audited Lifetime Brands Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (the  COSO  criteria).  Lifetime  Brands  Inc.’s  management  is 
responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  in  the  accompanying  Management  Report  on 
Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal 
control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit 
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material 
weakness  exists,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the 
assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe 
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable 
assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the 
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Lifetime Brands, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2008 based on the COSO criteria. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Lifetime Brands, Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and 
the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years 
in the period ended December 31, 2008 of Lifetime Brands, Inc. and our report dated March 31, 2009 expressed 
an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 

Melville, New York 
March 31, 2009 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B. Other Information 

Not applicable 

PART III 

Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 
The information required under these items is contained in the Company’s 2009 Proxy Statement, which will be 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the close of the Company’s fiscal year 
covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is herein incorporated by reference.  

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  
(a)  See list of Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page F-1.  
(b) 

  Exhibits*:   

Exhibit 
No.    Description 
3.1 

Second  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the 
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005)**  

3.2 

4.1 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws  of  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Form    
8-K dated November 1, 2007)**  

Indenture  dated  as  of  June  27,  2006,  Lifetime  Brands,  Inc.  as  issuer,  and  HSBC  Bank  USA,  National 
Association as trustee, $75,000,000 4.75% Convertible Senior Notes due 2011 (incorporated by reference 
to the Registrant’s registration statement No. 333-137575 on Form S-3)** 

License agreement dated December 14, 1989 between the Company and Farberware, Inc. (incorporated 
by reference to the Registrant’s registration statement No. 33-40154 on Form S-1)**  

Evan  Miller  employment  agreement  dated  July  1,  2003  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s 
Form 10-Q dated September 30, 2003)**  

Employment  agreement  dated  October  17,  2005  between  Lifetime  Brands,  Inc.  and  Ronald  Shiftan 
(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated October 17, 2005)** 

Employment  agreement  dated  May  2,  2006  between  Lifetime  Brands,  Inc.  and  Jeffrey  Siegel 
(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated May 2, 2006)** 

Employment  agreement  dated  April  18,  2006  between  Lifetime  Brands,  Inc.  and  Alan  Kanter 
(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated May 2, 2006)** 

Lease agreement dated as of May 10, 2006 between AG Metropolitan Endo, L.L.C and Lifetime Brands, 
Inc.  for  the  property  located  at  1000  Stewart  Avenue  in  Garden  City,  New  York  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated May 10, 2006)**  

10.7  Amended 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated 

June 8, 2006)** 

10.8  Amended 2000 Incentive Bonus Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 

8-K dated June 8, 2006)** 

10.9 

Second  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  among  Lifetime  Brands,  Inc.,  Lenders  party  thereto, 
Citibank,  N.A.  and  Wachovia  Bank,  National  Association,  as  Co-Documentation  Agents,  JP  Morgan 
Chase Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative 
Agent (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated October 31, 2006)** 

10.10  First  Amendment  to  the  Lease  Agreement  dated  as  of  May  10,  2006  between  AG  Metropolitan  Endo, 
L.L.C and Lifetime Brands, Inc. for the property located at 1000 Stewart Avenue in Garden City, New 
York (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q dated September 30, 2006)** 

10.11  Amendment  of  Employment  Agreement  dated  June  7,  2007  by  and  between  Lifetime  Brands,  Inc.  and 

Ronald Shiftan (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated June 7, 2007)** 

35 

 
 
 
 
10.12 

 Employment  agreement  dated  June  28,  2007  between  Lifetime  Brands,  Inc.  and  Laurence  Winoker 
(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated July 3, 2007)** 

10.13  Shares Subscription Agreement by and among Lifetime Brands, Inc., Ekco, S.A.B. and Mr. José Ramón 
Elizondo Anaya and Mr. Miguel Ángel Huerta Pando, dated as of June 8, 2007 (incorporated by reference 
to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated June 11, 2007)** 

10.14  Lease  Agreement  between  Granite  Sierra  Park  LP  and  Lifetime  Brands,  Inc.  dated  June  29,  2007 

(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated June 29, 2007)** 

10.15  Evan Miller Amendment of Employment Agreement dated June 29, 2007 (incorporated by reference to 

the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated June 29, 2007)** 

10.16  Robert McNally Amendment of Employment Agreement dated July 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to 

the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated June 28, 2007)** 

10.17  Amendment No.1 dated September 5, 2007 to the Shares Subscription Agreement by and among Lifetime 
Brands, Inc., Ekco, S.A.B. and Mr. José Ramón Elizondo Anaya and Mr. Miguel Ángel Huerta Pando, 
dated as of June 8, 2007*** 

10.18  Amendment  to  the  Lifetime  Brands,  Inc.  2000  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  dated  November  1,  2007 

(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated November 1, 2007)** 

10.19  Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and among Lifetime Brands, 
Inc.,  Lenders  party  hereto,  Citibank,  N.A.  and  Wachovia  Bank,  National  Association,  as  Co-
Documentation  Agents,  JP  Morgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Syndication  Agent  and  HSBC  Bank  USA, 
National  Association,  as  Administrative  Agent.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Form  8-
K/A dated April 17, 2008)** 

10.20  Asset  Purchase  Agreement  between  Mikasa,  Inc.  and  Lifetime  Brands,  Inc.  dated  June,  6  2008 

(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q dated June 30, 2008)** 

10.21  Amendment  No.  2  dated  September  25,  2008  to  the  Shares  Subscription  Agreement  by  and  among 
Lifetime Brands, Inc., Ekco, S.A.B. and Mr. José Ramón Elizondo Anaya and Mr. Miguel Ángel Huerta 
Pando, dated as of June 8, 2007*** 

10.22  Amendment  to  the  Company’s  Second  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  Amendment  No.  3, 
dated September 29, 2008  (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated September 29, 
2008)** 

10.23  Forbearance Agreement and Amendment No. 4, dated as of February 12, 2009, by and among Lifetime 
Brands, Inc., the several financial institutions party hereto and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, 
as Administrative Agent for the Lenders. (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated 
February 12, 2009)** 

10.24  Amendment to Forbearance Agreement and Amendment No. 4, dated as of March 6, 2009, by and among 
Lifetime  Brands,  Inc.,  the  several  financial  institutions  party  hereto  and  HSBC  Bank  USA,  National 
Association, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders. (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 
8-K dated March 6, 2009)** 

10.25  Waiver and Amendment No. 5 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 
31, 2009, by and among Lifetime Brands, Inc., the several financial institutions party hereto and HSBC 
Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders.*** 

14.1  Code of Conduct dated March 25, 2004, as amended on June 7, 2007 (incorporated by reference to the 

Registrant’s Form 8-K dated June 7, 2007)** 

18.1 

Letter from Ernst & Young LLP stating an acceptable change in accounting method for the impairment of                
goodwill dated October 28, 2008 (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q dated 
September, 30 2008)** 

36 

 
 
21.1 

Subsidiaries of the registrant*** 

23.1  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP*** 

31.1   Certification by Jeffrey Siegel, Chief Executive Officer and President, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 
15d-14(a)  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  adopted  pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*** 

31.2    Certification  by  Laurence  Winoker,  Senior  Vice  President  –  Finance,  Treasurer  and  Chief  Financial 
Officer,  pursuant  to  Rule  13a-14(a)  or  Rule  15d-14(a)  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as 
adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*** 

32.1     Certification  by  Jeffrey  Siegel,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  President,  and  Laurence  Winoker,  Senior 
Vice President – Finance, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**** 

99.1  Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B. (formerly Ekco, S.A.B.), Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm *** 

Notes to exhibits: 

*           The Company will furnish a copy of any of the exhibits listed above upon payment of $5.00 per exhibit to cover the cost 

of the Company furnishing the exhibit. 

** 

      Incorporated by reference. 

***        Filed herewith. 

****      This exhibit is being “furnished” pursuant to Item 601(b)(32) of SEC Regulation S-K and is not deemed “filed” with the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  is  not  incorporated  by  reference  in  any  filing  of  the  Company  under  the 
Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

(c)  Financial Statement Schedules — the response to this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section 

of this report. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 
Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has 
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Lifetime Brands, Inc. 

/s/ Jeffrey Siegel 
Jeffrey Siegel 
Chairman of the Board of Directors, 
Chief Executive Officer, President  

             and Director 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

             Date 

/s/ Jeffrey Siegel           
Jeffrey Siegel  

Chairman of the Board of Directors, 
Chief Executive Officer, President                                                                         
and Director             

March 31, 2009 

/s/ Ronald Shiftan           
Ronald Shiftan                            Chief Operating Officer  and Director 

Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, 

March 31, 2009                                                

/s/ Laurence Winoker 
Laurence Winoker 

Senior Vice President – Finance, 
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and  
Accounting Officer)  

March 31, 2009                                                

/s/ Craig Phillips             
Craig Phillips 

Senior Vice-President – Distribution 
and Director 

March 31, 2009  

s/ David Dangoor            
David Dangoor  

/s/ Michael Jeary             
Michael Jeary 

/s/ John Koegel               
John Koegel 

/s/ Sheldon Misher          
Sheldon Misher 

/s/ Cherrie Nanninga       
Cherrie Nanninga  

/s/ William Westerfield   
William Westerfield 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

             March 31, 2009 

             March 31, 2009 

March 31, 2009 

March 31, 2009 

             March 31, 2009 

Director                                                                 March 31, 2009 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15 

LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 

LIST OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 

The following consolidated financial statements of Lifetime Brands, Inc. are filed as part of this report 
under Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

  F-2 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007   

               F-3 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years ended  

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years ended  

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended  

December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

  F-4 

  F-5 

  F-6 

  F-7 

The following consolidated financial statement schedule of Lifetime Brands, Inc. required pursuant to 
Item 15(a) is submitted herewith: 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                                                                           S-1 

All  other  financial  schedules  are  not  required  under  the  related  instructions  or  are  inapplicable,  and 
therefore have been omitted. 

The  unaudited  supplementary  data  regarding  quarterly  results  of  operations  are  incorporated  by 
reference to the information set forth in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

F-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lifetime Brands, Inc.  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lifetime Brands, Inc. (the “Company”) 
as  of  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  stockholders' 
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008.  Our audits also 
included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a).  These financial statements and 
schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on  these  financial  statements  and  schedule  based  on  our  audits.    The  financial  statements  of  Grupo 
Vasconia, S.A.B. and Subsidiaries (a corporation in which the Company has a 29.99% interest), have been 
audited  by  other  auditors  whose  report  has  been  furnished  to  us,  and  our  opinion  on  the  consolidated 
financial  statements,  insofar  as  it  relates  to  the  amounts  included  for  Grupo  Vasconia,  S.A.B.  and 
Subsidiaries, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.  In the consolidated financial statements, 
the  Company’s  investment  in  Grupo  Vasconia,  S.A.B.  and  Subsidiaries  is  stated  at  $17.8  million  at 
December  31,  2008  and  the  Company’s  equity  in  the  net  income  of  Grupo  Vasconia,  S.A.B.  and 
Subsidiaries is stated at $1.5 million for the year then ended. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board  (United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable 
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An 
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, 
as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report 
of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  based  on  our  audits  and  the  report  of  other  auditors,  the  financial  statements  referred to 
above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Lifetime Brands, Inc. at 
December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of 
the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2008,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted 
accounting principles.  Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in 
relation  to  the  basic  financial  statements  taken  as  a  whole,  presents  fairly  in  all  material  respects  the 
information set forth therein. 

As  discussed  in  Note  A  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  adopted the provisions of 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, effective January 1, 2006. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board (United States), Lifetime Brands, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 31, 2009 expressed an 
unqualified opinion thereon. 

Melville, New York 
March 31, 2009  

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 

F-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
 (in thousands-except share data) 

ASSETS 
CURRENT ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $14,651 at 2008 

and $16,400 at 2007  

Inventory 
Deferred income taxes 

        Income taxes receivable 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets    

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net 
GOODWILL 
OTHER INTANGIBLES, net  
INVESTMENT IN GRUPO VASCONIA, S.A.B. 
OTHER ASSETS 
                       TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Short-term borrowings 
Accounts payable  
Accrued expenses 

        Deferred income tax liabilities 
        Income taxes payable 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES 

DEFERRED RENT & OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES 
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES 
LONG-TERM DEBT 
CONVERTIBLE NOTES 

December 31, 

2008 

2007 

$   3,478  

$   4,172  

67,562 
141,612 
(cid:2) 
11,597 
8,429 
232,678 

49,908 
(cid:2) 
38,420 
17,784 
2,991 
$341,781 

$ 89,300  
24,151 
35,902 
403 
225 
149,981 

23,054 
3,373 
(cid:2) 
75,000 

65,030
143,684
7,925
(cid:2)
7,267
228,078

54,332
27,432
35,383
22,950
3,240
$371,415

$  13,500  
21,759
31,504
(cid:2)
4,520
71,283

14,481
8,211
55,200
75,000

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
       Common stock, $.01 par value, shares authorized: 25,000,000; shares 
           issued and outstanding: 11,989,724 in 2008 and 11,964,388 in 2007 

Paid-in capital 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
              TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

120 
116,869 
          (18,023) 
            (8,593) 
90,373 

120
113,995
33,250
                (125)
147,240

                   TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

$341,781 

$371,415

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(in thousands – except per share data) 

Year ended December 31, 
2007 

2008 

2006 

Net sales 

$487,935

$493,725 

$457,400

Cost of sales 
Distribution expenses 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Goodwill and intangible asset impairment 
Restructuring expenses 

303,535
57,695
131,226
29,400
17,992

Income (loss) from operations 

          (51,913)

288,997 
53,493 
128,527 
(cid:2) 
1,924 

20,784 

265,749
49,729
112,122
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

29,800

Interest expense 
Other income, net 

Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in earnings 
 of Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B. 

            (9,142)
                  (cid:2) 

          (8,397) 
           3,935 

          (4,576)
                31

          (61,055)

16,322 

25,255

Income tax benefit (provision) 
Equity in earnings of Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B., net of taxes

10,540
1,486

          (7,430) 
(cid:2) 

         (9,723)
(cid:2)

NET INCOME (LOSS)  

      $  (49,029)

$   8,892  

$  15,532

BASIC INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE 

      $      (4.09)

$     0.69  

$      1.18

DILUTED INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE 

      $      (4.09)

$     0.68  

$      1.14

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(in thousands) 

Common stock 
Shares       Amount 

Paid-in 
capital 

Retained 
earnings 
(accumulated 
deficit) 

Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
income (loss) 

Total 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2005 

12,922 

$129  $101,468 

          $ 38,890 

$     (cid:2)  $140,487 

Comprehensive income: 

   Net income  
   Foreign currency translation adjustment 
Total comprehensive income 
Tax benefit on exercise of stock options 
Stock option expense 
Costs of public offering 
Exercise of stock options 
Stock issued for acquisition 
Shares issued to directors 
Dividends 

15,532 

     78 

725 
1,155 
      (131)
1,014 
6,819 
115 

2 
2 

116 
240 
5 

              (820) 

            (3,367) 

15,532 
78 
15,610 
725 
1,155 
        (131)
196 
6,821 
115 
    (3,367)

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2006 

13,283 

133 

111,165 

50,235 

     78 

161,611 

Comprehensive income: 

Net income  
Derivative fair value adjustment, net of 
taxes of $170 
Total comprehensive income 
Tax benefit on exercise of stock options 
Stock option expense 
Purchase and retirement of common stock  
Exercise of stock options 
Stock issued for acquisition 
Shares issued to directors 
Dividends 

8,892 

   (203) 

        (14)
1 

          (1,363)
32 
5 
7 

161 
2,197 

244 
133 
95 

          (22,658) 

            (3,219) 

8,892 

     (203)
      8,689 
         161 
      2,197 
  (22,672)
         245 
         133 
           95 
    (3,219)

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2007 

11,964 

120 

113,995 

           33,250 

    (125) 

  147,240 

Comprehensive loss: 
    Net loss  

Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B. translation 

adjustment 

Derivative fair value adjustment 
Total comprehensive loss 

Tax benefit on exercise of stock options 
Stock option expense 
Exercise of stock options 
Shares issued to directors 
Dividends 

          (49,029) 

2 
24 

7 
2,800 
10 
57 

            (2,244) 

(6,587) 
(1,881) 

  (49,029)

 (6,587)
 (1,881)
 (57,497)
7 
2,800 
10 
57 
(2,244)

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2008 

11,990 

$120  $116,869 

       $(18,023) 

$(8,593) 

$ 90,373 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.   

F-5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands) 

   OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Net income (loss) 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by 

   (used in) operating activities: 
   Provision for doubtful accounts 
   Depreciation and amortization 
   Deferred rent 
   Deferred income taxes 

Stock compensation expense 
Undistributed earnings of Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B. 
Gain on sale of property 
Goodwill and intangible asset impairment 
Fixed asset impairment 

     Changes in operating assets and liabilities (excluding the effects of           

business acquisitions) 

Accounts receivable 
Inventory 
Prepaid expenses, other current assets and other assets 
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities 
Income taxes receivable 
Income taxes payable 

 NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING 

ACTIVITIES          

   INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Purchases of property and equipment, net 
Business acquisitions 
Investment in Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B. 
Net proceeds from sale of property 

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

   FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Proceeds from borrowings, net 
Cash dividends paid 
Payment of capital lease obligations 
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options 
Excess tax benefits from stock option expense 
Purchases of common stock 
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes, net 
Other 

            NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES                    

Year ended December 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

          $(49,029)  

$ 8,892 

$ 15,532

1,458   
10,782   
1,999   
155   
2,857   
              (1,132)  
                   (cid:2)   
29,400   
3,912   

79 
9,659 
1,060 
2,771 
2,292 
                     (cid:2)
               (3,760)
(cid:2) 
                 1,635 

81
8,380
440
421
1,270
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 

            (3,990)  
26,154   
                 (908)  
            1,142   
          (11,597)  
            (4,295)  

             (4,593)
               19,925 
                 1,220 
             (5,270)
                  (cid:2) 
             (2,343)

5,336 
      (36,410)
251
         (4,422)
              (cid:2)
        (2,330)

   6,908   

 31,567 

(11,451)

              (8,859)  
            (16,312)  
                  (cid:2)   
                 362   
            (24,809)  

(19,023)
(10,543)
            (22,950)
                  8,832
              (43,684)

(21,144)
(43,763)
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
(64,907)

20,600   
             (2,995)  
                (414)  
10   
6 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
                 (cid:2) 

       17,207   

42,200 
                (3,303)
                   (456)
245 
 125 
              (22,672)
(cid:2) 
                      (cid:2) 

16,139 

4,022 
150 

7,000
         (3,332)
            (387)
196
638
(cid:2) 
71,938
            (331)

75,722

            (636)
786

   INCREASE (DECREASE)  IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
   Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

                (694)  
               4,172   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR 

         $   3,478    

$   4,172   

$     150

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE A — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Organization and business 
Lifetime Brands, Inc. (the “Company”) designs, markets and distributes a broad range of consumer products used in 
the home, including food preparation, tabletop and home décor products and markets its products under a number 
of brand names and trademarks, which are either owned or licensed. The Company sells its products wholesale to 
retailers throughout North America and directly to the consumer through the Internet and mail order catalogs. During 
2008 the Company also sold its products through Company-operated factory, outlet and clearance stores. However, as 
more fully described in Note B, the Company ceased operating its retail stores by December 31, 2008. 

Principles of consolidation 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lifetime Brands, Inc. and its wholly-
owned  subsidiaries  (collectively,  the  “Company”).    All  intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been 
eliminated in consolidation.  

Revenue recognition 
Wholesale  sales  are  recognized  when  title  of  merchandise  passes  and  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  have 
transferred to the customer.  Retail store sales were recognized at the time of sale. Catalog and Internet sales are 
recognized  upon  receipt  by  the  customer.    Shipping  and  handling  fees  that  are  billed  to  customers  in  sales 
transactions  are  included  in  net  sales  and  amounted  to  $4.4  million,  $4.8  million  and  $4.8  million  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Net sales exclude taxes that are collected from customers 
and remitted to the taxing authorities. 

Distribution expenses 
Distribution expenses consist primarily of warehousing expenses, handling costs of products sold and freight-out 
expenses.  Freight-out costs amounted to $8.7 million, $8.4 million and $8.9 million for the years ended December 
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  

Advertising expenses 
Advertising  expenses  are  expensed  as  incurred  and  are  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative expenses. 
Advertising  expenses  were  $1.6  million,  $1.6  million  and  $2.0  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2008, 
2007 and 2006, respectively. 

Accounts receivable 
The  Company  periodically  reviews  the  collectibility  of  its  accounts  receivable  and  establishes  allowances  for 
estimated losses that could result from the inability of its customers to make required payments.  A considerable 
amount  of  judgment  is  required  to  assess  the  ultimate  realization  of  these  receivables  including  assessing  the 
credit-worthiness  of  each  wholesale  customer.  The  Company  also  establishes  allowances  for  sales  returns  and 
customer  chargebacks.  To  evaluate  the  adequacy  of  the  sales  returns  and  customer  chargeback  allowances,  the 
Company  analyzes  currently  available  information  and  historical  trends.  If  the  financial  conditions  of  the 
customers  were  to  deteriorate,  resulting  in  an  impairment  of  their  ability  to  make  payments,  or  the  Company’s 
estimate of returns is determined to be inadequate, additional allowances may be required. 

F-7 

 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE  A — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

Inventory 
Inventory  consists  principally  of  finished  goods  sourced  from  third-party  suppliers.  Inventory  also  includes 
finished  goods,  work  in  process  and  raw  materials  related  to  the  Company’s  manufacture  of  sterling  silver 
products. Inventory is priced by the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market method. Consistent with the 
seasonality of the Company’s business, inventory generally increases, beginning late in the second quarter of the 
year, and reaches a peak at the end of the third quarter or early in the fourth quarter, and declines thereafter.  The 
Company periodically reviews and analyzes inventory based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, 
future  product  demand  for  items  and  estimated  profitability  of  merchandise.  When  appropriate,  the  Company 
writes down inventory to net realizable value.  

Property and equipment 
Property  and  equipment  is  stated  at  cost.    Property  and  equipment,  other  than  leasehold  improvements,  is 
depreciated  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets.    Building  and 
improvements are being depreciated over 30 years and machinery, furniture, and equipment over periods ranging 
from 3 to 10 years.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the lease or the estimated useful lives 
of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Advances paid towards the acquisition of property and equipment and 
the cost of property and equipment not ready for use before the end of the period are classified as construction in 
progress. 

Cash equivalents 
The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be 
cash equivalents.  

Use of estimates 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and 
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Concentration of credit risk 
The Company maintains cash with various financial institutions.  

Concentrations  of  credit  risk  with  respect  to  trade  accounts  receivable  are  limited  due  to  the  large  number  of 
entities comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across North America.   

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2008,  2007  and  2006,  Wal-Mart  Stores,  Inc.  (including  Sam’s  Clubs) 
accounted for 20%, 21% and 17% of net sales, respectively.  No other customer accounted for 10% or more of the 
Company’s net sales during the periods. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company’s 
ten largest customers accounted for 60%, 62% and 49% of net sales, respectively.   

F-8 

 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE  A — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

Fair value of financial instruments 
The Company estimated that the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts 
payable are a reasonable estimate of their fair value because of their short-term nature.  The Company estimated 
that  the  carrying  amounts  of  borrowings  outstanding  under  its  revolving  Credit  Facility  approximate  fair  value 
since such borrowings bear interest at variable market rates. The fair value of the Company’s $75 million 4.75% 
Convertible Senior Notes at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $39.4 million and $66.1 million, respectively, based 
on  the  most  recent  quoted  price  of  the  Company’s  4.75%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  at  December  31,  2008  and 
2007. 

Fair value measurements 
In  September 2006,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Statement  of  Financial 
Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, which provides enhanced guidance for using 
fair value to measure assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 157 establishes a common definition of fair value, provides a 
framework  for  measuring  fair  value  under  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  expands  disclosure 
requirements  about  fair  value  measurements.  In  February  2008,  the  FASB  issued  FASB  Staff  Position  (“FSP”) 
157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements 
That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13 
and FSP 157-2,  Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157. FSP 157-1 amends SFAS No. 157 to remove certain 
leasing transactions from its scope. FSP 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157, delays the effective date 
of SFAS No. 157 for all nonfinancial assets and liabilities except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value 
in the financial statements on at least an annual basis until January 1, 2009. The Company adopted SFAS No. 157, 
except  as  it  applies  to  nonfinancial  assets  and  liabilities  as  noted  in  FSP  157-2,  on  January  1,  2008.  Fair  value 
measurements included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements are disclosed in Notes E and H.  

Derivatives 
The  Company  accounts  for  derivative  instruments  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No. 133,  Accounting  for  Derivative 
Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities,  and  subsequent  amendments.  SFAS No.  133  requires  that  all  derivative 
instruments  be  recognized  on  the  balance  sheet  at  fair  value  as  either  an  asset  or  a  liability.  Changes  in  the  fair 
value  of  derivatives  that  qualify  as  hedges  and  have  been  designated  as  part  of  a  hedging  relationship  for 
accounting purposes have no net impact on earnings to the extent the derivative is considered perfectly effective in 
achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged, until the hedged item 
is  recognized  in  earnings.  For  derivatives  that  do  not  qualify  or  are  not  designated  as  hedging  instruments  for 
accounting purposes, changes in fair value are recorded in current period earnings.  

F-9 

 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE  A — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

Goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets 
Goodwill,  and  intangible  assets  deemed  to  have  indefinite  lives,  are  not  amortized  but  instead  are  subject  to 
annual impairment assessment in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No.142, Goodwill and Other Intangible 
Assets. 

During 2008, the Company changed the date of its annual goodwill impairment assessment from December 31 to 
October 1. This change was performed to better support the completion of the assessment prior to the Company’s 
filing  requirement  for  its  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  as  an  accelerated  filer,  and  in  order  to  better  align  the 
timing  of  this  assessment  with  the  Company’s  normal  process  for  updating  its  strategic  plan  and  forecasts.  The 
Company determined that the change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date is preferable under 
the circumstances and does not result in adjustments to the financial statements when applied retrospectively.  

As  more  fully  described  in  Note  E,  at  December  31,  2008,  the  Company  has  recognized  a  non-cash  goodwill 
impairment  charge  and  a  non-cash  impairment  charge  related  to  certain  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  in 
accordance with the provisions of SFAS No.142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.   

Long-lived  assets,  including  intangible  assets  deemed  to  have  finite  lives,  are  reviewed  for  impairment  in 
accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets, whenever events 
or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  such  amounts  may  have  been  impaired.  Impairment  indicators  include, 
among other conditions, cash flow deficits, historic or anticipated declines in revenue or operating profit or material 
adverse changes in the business climate that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may be impaired. When 
impairment  indicators  are  present,  the  Company  compares  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  to  the  estimated 
undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets.  If the assets are considered to be impaired, 
the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the 
fair  value  of  the  assets.  As  more  fully  described  in  Note  B,  during  2008,  the  Company  recognized  fixed  asset 
impairment charges in connection with its restructuring activities in 2008.  

Income taxes 
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method in accordance with SFAS No. 109, 
Accounting  for  Income  Taxes.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on 
differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted 
tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. 

The  Company  applies  the  provisions  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Interpretation  (“FIN”) 
No.  48,  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes,  for  the  financial  statement  recognition,  measurement  and 
disclosure  of  uncertain  tax  positions  recognized  in  the  Company’s financial statements. In accordance with FIN 
No.  48,  tax  positions  must  meet  a  more-likely-than-not recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the 
financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position.  

F-10 

 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE A — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)  

Stock options  
The Company accounts for its stock options in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment. SFAS 
123(R)  requires the measurement of compensation expense for all share-based compensation granted to employees 
and  non-employee  directors  at  fair  value  on  the  date  of  grant  and  recognition  of  compensation  expense  over  the 
related service period for awards expected to vest.  The Company uses the Black-Scholes option valuation model to 
estimate the fair value of its stock options. The Black-Scholes option valuation model requires the input of highly 
subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility of the Company’s common stock.  Changes in 
these subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate of the Company’s stock options.  

New accounting pronouncements 
In  December 2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No. 141  (revised  2007),  Business  Combinations  (“SFAS  141(R)”). 
Under  SFAS  141(R),  an  acquiring  entity  will  be  required  to  recognize  all  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities 
assumed in a transaction at the acquisition date fair value with limited exceptions. SFAS 141(R) will change the 
accounting treatment for certain specific acquisition-related items, including expensing acquisition-related costs as 
incurred  and  expensing  restructuring  costs  associated  with  an  acquired  business.  SFAS  141(R)  applies 
prospectively, with limited exceptions, to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the 
first fiscal period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is not permitted. Generally, the effect 
of  SFAS  141(R)  will  depend  on  future  acquisitions  and,  as  such,  the  Company  does  not  currently  expect  the 
adoption of SFAS 141(R) to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities 
–  an  amendment  of  FASB  Statement  No.  133,  which  enhances  the  disclosure  requirements  for  derivatives  and 
hedging activities.  SFAS No. 161 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 
2008.  SFAS No. 161 will only affect the Company’s derivatives disclosures beginning January 1, 2009 and will 
not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) No. 14-1, Accounting 
for  Convertible  Debt  Instruments  That  May  Be  Settled  in  Cash  upon  Conversion  (Including  Partial  Cash 
Settlement) (“FSP APB 14-1”). FSP APB 14-1 requires the issuer of certain convertible debt instruments that may 
be settled in cash, or other assets, on conversion (including partial cash settlement), to separately account for the 
liability  (debt)  and  equity  (conversion  option)  components  in  a  manner  that  reflects  the  issuer’s  non-convertible 
debt borrowing rate. The resulting debt discount (equity portion) is amortized over the period the convertible debt 
is  expected  to  be  outstanding  as  additional  non-cash  interest  expense.  The  provisions  of  FSP  APB 14-1  will  be 
required  to  be  applied  to  the  Company’s  4.75%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  and  are  effective for the Company on 
January 1, 2009 on a retrospective basis. The Company expects that upon adoption of FSP APB 14-1 on January 1, 
2009, interest expense for 2008, 2007 and 2006 will be increased by $2.4 million, $2.2 million and $1.0 million, 
respectively, and the Company will record an unamortized debt discount of $12.8 million, which will be amortized 
over  a  period  of  five  years  from  the  date  the  Company’s  4.75%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  were  issued.  The 
Company  expects  to  record  additional  interest  expense  of  approximately  $2.7  million,  $2.9  million  and  $1.6 
million in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, due to the adoption of FSP APB 14-1.  

Reclassifications  
Certain  amounts  in  the  2007  and  2006  consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows  were  reclassified  to  conform to the 
presentation  in  2008.    These  reclassifications  had  no  material  effect  on  the  Company’s  previously  reported 
consolidated financial statements. 

F-11 

 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE B — RESTRUCTURING   

December 2007 store closings 
In December 2007, management of the Company commenced a plan to close 27 underperforming Farberware® 
outlet stores and 3 underperforming Pfaltzgraff® factory stores. All 30 stores were closed by the end of the first 
quarter of 2008.  In connection with these store closings, the Company incurred restructuring related costs of $3.0 
million  and  $289,000  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  respectively,  consisting  of  the 
following:   

Store lease obligations 
Consulting fees 
Employee related expenses 
Other related costs 
  Total 

Year Ended          

Year Ended          

 December  31, 2008 

 December  31, 2007 

(in thousands) 

$2,300 
393 
141 
153 
$2,987 

$  (cid:2)  
289 
(cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
$289 

The  following  is  a  roll-forward  of  the  amounts  included  in  accrued  expenses  related  to  the  December  2007 
restructuring initiative (there were no amounts accrued related to this restructuring at December 31, 2007): 

Store lease obligations 
Consulting fees 
Employee related expenses 
Other related costs 
  Total 

Balance      
March 31, 2008 

Charges 

Payments 

December 31, 2008 

Balance      

$2,300 
192 
141 
96 
$2,729 

(in thousands) 

$  (cid:2)  
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
        107 
      $107 

$(1,734) 
         (192) 
         (141) 
         (203) 
    $(2,270) 

$566 
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)
$566

Due to the change in circumstances with respect to the stores that were closed, the Company reviewed the related 
fixed assets of the stores for impairment and determined that the net book value of the fixed assets would not be 
recoverable.    Accordingly,  the  Company  recorded  a  non-cash  fixed  asset  impairment  charge  of  $1.6  million  at 
December 31, 2007.  

September 2008 restructuring initiative 
In September 2008, management of the Company commenced a plan to close all 53 of its remaining Pfaltzgraff® 
factory  and  clearance  stores  and  Farberware®  outlet  stores  and  vacate  its  York,  PA  distribution  center.    In 
connection  with  this  restructuring  initiative,  the  Company  incurred  restructuring  related  costs  of  $11.1  million 
during the year ended December 31, 2008 consisting of the following: 

Store lease obligations 
Consulting fees 
Employee related expenses 
Other related costs 
  Total 

Year Ended           

December  31, 2008 
(in thousands) 

$ 7,662 
1,766 
1,354 
318 
$11,100 

F-12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE B — RESTRUCTURING (continued) 

September 2008 restructuring initiative (continued) 

The following is a roll-forward of the amounts included in accrued expenses related to the September 2008 
restructuring initiative: 

Store lease obligations 
Consulting fees 
Employee related expenses 
Other related costs 
  Total 

Balance      

Balance      

September 30, 2008 

Charges 

Payments 

December 31, 2008 

$  (cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
195 
142 
$337 

(in thousands) 

$  7,662 
1,766 
1,159 
          176 
   $10,763 

$    (84) 
(1,412) 
(186) 
(94) 
    $(1,776) 

$7,578 
354 
1,168 
224 
$9,324 

Due  to  the  change  in  circumstances  as  a  result  of  the  September  2008  restructuring  initiative,  the  Company 
reviewed the fixed assets related to the stores and the York, PA distribution center for impairment and determined 
that the net book value of certain fixed assets would not be recoverable.  Accordingly, the Company recorded a 
non-cash fixed asset impairment charge of $3.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2008.   

The above restructuring related costs and non-cash fixed asset impairment charges are included within restructuring 
expenses  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statement  of  operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2008  and 
2007. 

NOTE C —  MIKASA® ACQUISITION 

In  June  2008,  the  Company  acquired  the  business  and  certain  assets  of  Mikasa,  Inc.  (“Mikasa®”)  from  Arc 
International SA (“ARC”).  Mikasa® is a leading provider of dinnerware, crystal stemware, barware, flatware and 
decorative accessories. Mikasa® products are distributed through department stores, specialty stores and big box 
chains, as well as through the Internet. The preliminary purchase price was $20.7 million, consisting of (i) $17.3 
million  of  cash,  (ii)  $3.3  million  of  certain  liabilities  assumed  at  closing,  and  (iii)  acquisition  related  costs  of 
$142,000.    The  agreement  also  requires  the  Company  to  pay  ARC  an  amount  by  which  the  sum  of  5%  of  the 
annual net sales of Mikasa® products for 2009, 2010 and 2011, exceeds $5.0 million.   

The  Company  accounted  for  its  acquisition  of  the  business  and  certain  assets  of  Mikasa®  under  the  purchase 
method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141. Accordingly, the results of operations of Mikasa® have 
been included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations from the date of acquisition. The purchase 
price was funded by borrowings under the Company’s Credit Facility. The Mikasa® acquisition was not deemed 
material; accordingly, summary pro forma financial information has not been presented. 

F-13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE C —  MIKASA® ACQUISITION (continued) 

A valuation of the assets acquired from Mikasa® resulted in an excess of the fair value of the assets acquired from 
Mikasa®,  which  consisted  of  inventory,  the  Mikasa®  tradename  and  tools  and  molds,  over  the  preliminary 
purchase  price  in  the  amount  of  $6.2  million.  In  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  141,  as  the  Company  is  subject  to 
potential  contingent  consideration  that  could  result  in  an  addition  to  the  preliminary  purchase  price,  the  excess 
value  (negative  goodwill)  has  been  recorded  as  a  long-term  liability  in  the  accompanying  balance  sheet  pending 
resolution of the contingencies.  To the extent that the fair value of the assets acquired exceeds the total purchase 
price, after a reduction to the carrying value of the non-current assets acquired, at the end of the contingency period, 
the Company will recognize the excess value as an extraordinary gain. To the extent that the additional purchase 
price,  if  any,  at  the  end  of  the  contingency  period  exceeds  the  excess  value,  the  Company  will  record  additional 
purchase price related to the Mikasa® acquisition. 

NOTE D —  INVESTMENT IN GRUPO VASCONIA, S.A.B. 

In December 2007, the Company acquired approximately 29.99% of the capital stock of Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B. 
(“Vasconia”), (formerly known as, Ekco, S.A.B.), a manufacturer and distributor of aluminum disks, cookware and 
related items.  Shares of Vasconia’s capital stock are traded on the Bolsa Mexicana de Valores, S.A. de C.V., the 
Mexico  Stock  Exchange,  under  the  symbol  VASCONI.MX.    The  Company,  based  upon  a  third-party  valuation, 
allocated the purchase price of Vasconia as follows (in thousands):   

Investment  
Goodwill 
Customer relationships (estimated life of 16 years) 
   Total 

$16,036 
5,166 
1,748 
$22,950 

The  Company  accounts  for  its  investment  in  Vasconia  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  Accordingly,  the 
Company has recorded its proportionate share of Vasconia’s net income (reduced for amortization expense related 
to the customer relationships acquired), for the year ended December 31, 2008 in the accompanying consolidated 
statement  of  operations  and  its  share  of  Vasconia’s  translation  adjustment  in  the  accompanying  consolidated 
statement of Stockholders’ Equity at December 31, 2008. During the year ended December 31, 2008 the Company 
received a cash dividend in the amount of $263,000 from Vasconia.   

Summarized financial statement information for Vasconia as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 is as 
follows (in thousands):  

Balance sheet 

Current assets 
Non-current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

Income statement 

Net sales 
Gross profit 
Income from operations 
Net income 

$  46,320 
22,371 
17,583 
3,981 

$110,026 
28,212 
11,662 
6,270 

F-14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE E — GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS  

Goodwill was included as an asset in the wholesale segment. There were no additions to goodwill during the year 
ended December 31, 2008.  

The Company initially performed its annual impairment tests for its goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets 
in accordance with SFAS No. 142 as of October 1, 2008, but due primarily to a continued decline in the market 
value of the Company’s common stock, updated the tests at December 31, 2008.  The goodwill test involved the 
assessment of the fair market value of the Company as a single reporting unit.  In connection with these tests, the 
Company  calculated  the  Company’s  implied  goodwill  and  determined  the  fair  value  of  its  indefinite-lived 
intangible  assets  at  December  31,  2008.  The  fair  value  measurements  were  based  on  Level  2  observable  inputs 
using  a  combination  of  market  capitalization,  discounted  cash  flow  and  market  approach.  As  a  result  of  the 
goodwill  impairment  test,  due  primarily  to  the  significant  decline  in  the  market  value  of  its  common  stock,  the 
Company  recorded  a  non-cash  goodwill  impairment  charge  of  approximately  $26.9  million.  The  Company  also 
recorded a non-cash indefinite-lived intangible impairment charge of $1.7 million due to the fair value of certain 
indefinite-lived  assets  being  less  than  the  carrying  amount  of  the  assets.  These  impairment  charges  are  included 
within  goodwill  and  intangible  asset  impairment  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statement  of  operations  for 
2008.   

In January 2009, the Company disposed of its USE: business.  As a result of the disposal, the Company recognized 
a  non-cash  impairment  charge  related  to  USE:  goodwill  of  $579,000  and  USE:  intangible  assets  of  $247,000  at 
December 31, 2008. 

Intangible assets, all of which are included in the wholesale segment, consist of the following (in thousands):  

Year Ended December 31,  

2008 
Accumulated 
Amortization 

Gross 

Net 

Gross 

2007 
Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net 

Indefinite-lived 

intangible assets: 
Trade names 

Finite-lived   

intangible assets: 
Licenses 
Trade names 
Customer 

relationship
s  
Designs 
Patents 

Total  

  $25,530 

$        (cid:2) 

   $25,530 

$21,443 

$       (cid:2) 

$21,443 

15,847 
2,477 

586 
(cid:2) 
584 
$45,024 

(5,123) 
(1,103) 

10,724 
1,374 

15,847 
2,477 

(4,490) 
(1,020) 

11,357 
1,457 

(321) 
(cid:2) 
(57) 
$(6,604) 

265 
(cid:2) 
527 
$38,420 

886 
460 
584 
$41,697 

(451) 
(330) 
(23) 
$(6,314) 

435 
130 
561 
$35,383 

The  weighted-average  amortization  periods  for  the  Company’s  finite-lived  intangible  assets  as  of  December  31, 
2008 are as follows: 

Trade names 
Licenses 
 Customer relationships 
Patents 

Years 
30 
33 
  3 
17 

F-15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE E — GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued) 

Intangible assets (continued) 

Estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):  

Year ending December 31 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 

 $779 
   717 
   631 
   591 
   591 

Amortization  expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2008,  2007  and  2006  was  $978,000,  $915,000,  and 
$855,000, respectively. 

NOTE F — CREDIT FACILITY  

The Company has a $150 million secured credit facility, which until March 31, 2009, had an accordion feature for 
an additional $50 million and matures in April 2011 (the “Credit Facility”).  Borrowings under the Credit Facility 
are  secured  by  all  assets  of  the  Company.    Under  the  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility  (until  March  31,  2009),  the 
Company  was  required  to  satisfy  certain  financial  covenants,  including  maximum  leverage  and  capital 
expenditures and a minimum interest coverage ratio. Borrowings under the Credit Facility have different interest 
rate options that are based either on, (i) an alternate base rate, (ii) LIBOR, or (iii) the lender’s cost of funds rate, 
plus in each case a margin based on the applicable leverage ratio.  

In March 2008, the Credit Facility was amended to: (i) establish a borrowing base (comprised of a percentage of 
each  of  eligible  accounts  receivable,  inventory  and  trademarks)  calculation  to  determine  availability  under  the 
Credit Facility, (ii) increase the applicable margin rates and (iii) revised certain financial covenants. In September 
2008, the Credit Facility was further amended to: (i) establish a minimum excess availability amount, (ii) include a 
minimum fixed charge ratio and a minimum EBITDA covenants, (iii) revised the leverage and interest coverage 
covenants and (iv) increased the applicable margin rates.   

At December 31, 2008, the Company was not in compliance with the financial covenants required by the Credit 
Facility.  On each of February 12, 2009 and March 6, 2009, the Company entered into a forbearance agreement 
and  amendment  to  the  Credit  Facility  whereby  the  lenders  agreed  to  forbear  from  taking  actions  they  would 
otherwise have been permitted to take as a result of the non-compliance. In consideration thereof, the Company 
agreed to further restrictions on its borrowings and an increase in the applicable margin rates. 

On March 31, 2009, the Company entered into a waiver and amendment to the Credit Facility (the “Amendment”).  
Pursuant  to  the  Amendment,  the  Company’s  lenders  waived  the  Company’s  non-compliance  with  the  financial 
covenants required by the Credit Facility at December 31, 2008.  

F-16 

 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE F — CREDIT FACILITY (continued)  

The Amendment modifies the Credit Facility in certain ways including, as follows: (i) changes the maturity date 
to January 31, 2011, (ii) adds certain asset categories to the borrowing base, (iii) increases the applicable margin 
rates  (including  a  minimum  LIBOR  of  1.75%),  (iv)  revises  the  minimum  EBITDA  and  fixed  charge  coverage 
covenants  and  adds  both  a  minimum  net  sales  and  maximum  capital  expenditures  covenant,  (v)  eliminates  the 
requirement  of  maximum  leverage  and  minimum  interest  coverage  ratios,  (vi)  eliminates  the  $50  million 
accordion feature, (vii) revises the minimum excess availability amount and (viii) places restrictions on dividends 
and acquisitions. The Amendment also provides for a lock-box arrangement with the collateral agent. Pursuant to 
the Amendment, although the Credit Agreement matures on January 31, 2011, Emerging Issues Task Force 95-22, 
Balance Sheet Classification of Borrowings Outstanding under Revolving Credit Arrangements That Include both 
a  Subjective  Acceleration  Clause  and  a  Lock-Box  Arrangement,  requires the indebtedness to be classified as a 
current liability on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008. 

At December 31, 2008, the Company had $2.1 million of open letters of credit and $89.3 million of borrowings 
outstanding  under  the  Credit  Facility.    Interest  rates  on  outstanding  borrowings  at  December  31,  2008  ranged 
from 2.50% to 7.07%.  The Company has interest rate swap and collar agreements (see Note H) with an aggregate 
notional amount of $55.2 million.  The Company entered into these agreements to effectively fix the interest rate 
on a portion of its borrowings under the Credit Facility.   

The  Company  believes  that  availability  under  the  Credit  Facility  will  be  sufficient  to  fund  the  Company’s 
operations  for  fiscal  2009.  However,  if  circumstances  were  to  change,  the  Company  may  need  to  refinance the 
Credit  Facility  or  otherwise  amend  the  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility.  In  addition,  the  Company  would  seek  to 
engage in further activities, including efforts to lower its inventory and to reduce expenses. However, there can be 
no assurance that any such actions would be successful or that the results of any such actions would be adequate.  

NOTE G — CONVERTIBLE NOTES 

The  Company  has  outstanding  $75  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  4.75%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due 
2011 (the “Notes”). The Notes are convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price 
of $28.00 per share, subject to adjustment in certain events. The Notes bear interest at 4.75% per annum, payable 
semiannually in arrears on January 15th and July 15th of each year and are unsubordinated except with respect to 
the  Company’s  debt  to  the  extent  secured  by  the  Company’s  assets.  The  Notes  mature  on  July  15,  2011.  The 
Company may not redeem the Notes at any time prior to maturity. 

The Notes are convertible at the option of the holder anytime prior to the close of business on the business day 
prior  to  the  maturity  date.    Upon  conversion, the Company may elect to deliver either shares of the Company’s 
common stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock in satisfaction of the 
Company’s  obligations  upon  conversion  of  the  Notes.    At  any  time  prior  to  the  26th  trading  day  preceding  the 
maturity  date,  the  Company  may  irrevocably  elect  to  satisfy  in  cash  the  Company’s  conversion  obligation  with 
respect  to  the  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  to  be  converted  after  the  date  of  such  election,  with  any  remaining 
amount to be satisfied in shares of the Company’s common stock.  The election would be in the Company’s sole 
discretion without the consent of the holders of the Notes. The conversion rate of the Notes may be adjusted upon 
the occurrence of certain events that would dilute the Company’s outstanding common stock.  In addition, holders 
that  convert  their  Notes  in  connection  with  certain  fundamental  changes,  such  as  a  change  in  control,  may  be 
entitled to a make whole premium in the form of an increase in the conversion rate. If the Notes are not converted 
prior  to  the  maturity  date  the  Company  is  required  to  pay  the  holders  of  the  Notes  the  principal  amount  of  the 
Notes  in  cash  upon  maturity.  The  Company  has  reserved  2,678,571  shares  of  common  stock  for  issuance  upon 
conversion of the Notes. 

F-17 

 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE G — CONVERTIBLE NOTES (continued) 

As  part  of  the  issuance  of  the  Notes,  the  Company  incurred  $3.1  million  in  underwriter’s  discounts  and  other 
offering  expenses.      The  offering  costs  are  being  amortized  to  interest  expense  over  the  term  of  the  Notes.  At 
December 31, 2008 the unamortized balance of these costs is $1.5 million and is included in other assets in the 
consolidated balance sheet. 

As more fully described in Note A, on January 1, 2009, the Company will be required to retrospectively adopt FSP 
APB 14-1.  The Company expects that upon adoption of FSP APB 14-1 on January 1, 2009, interest expense for 
2008,  2007  and  2006  will  be  increased  by  $2.4  million,  $2.2  million  and  $1.0  million,  respectively,  and  the 
Company will record an unamortized debt discount of $12.8 million, which will be amortized over a period of five 
years from the date the Company’s 4.75% Convertible Senior Notes were issued. The Company expects to record 
additional interest expense of approximately $2.7 million, $2.9 million and $1.6 million in 2009, 2010 and 2011, 
respectively, due to the adoption of FSP APB 14-1.  

NOTE H — DERIVATIVES  

The  Company  has  interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $50 million and interest 
rate  collar  agreements  with  an  aggregate  notional  amount  of  $40.2  million  to  manage  interest  rate  exposure  in 
connection  with  its  variable  interest  rate  borrowings,  and  a  credit  default  swap  with  a  notional  amount  of  $1 
million  to  manage  credit  exposure  related  to  certain  accounts  receivable.    The  interest  rate  swap  and  collar 
agreements expire in 2010 and the credit default swap expires in 2009.   

Certain  interest  rate  swap  agreements  with  an  aggregate  notional  amount  of  $35  million  and  the  credit  default 
swap  were  not  designated  as  hedges  under  SFAS  133  and  the  fair  value  gains  or  losses  from  these  swap 
agreements are recognized in earnings. The effect of recording these interest rate swap agreements at fair value 
resulted in an unrealized gain of $148,000 and an unrealized loss of $358,000 for the years ended December 31, 
2008 and 2007, respectively, which is included in interest expense. 

An  interest  rate  swap  agreement  with  a  notional  amount  of  $15  million  and  the  interest  rate  collar  agreements 
were designated as cash flow hedges under SFAS 133.  The effective portion of the fair value gains or losses on 
these agreements is recorded in other comprehensive loss.  The effect of recording these agreements at fair value 
resulted  in  an  unrealized  loss  of  $1.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  and  an  unrealized  loss  of 
$203,000  (net  of  taxes  of  $170,000)  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007.    No  amounts  recorded  in  other 
comprehensive loss are expected to be reclassified to interest expense in the next twelve months.   

The  fair  value  of  the  above  derivatives  have  been  obtained  from  the  counterparties  to  the  agreements  and  are 
based  on  Level  2  observable  inputs  using  proprietary  models  and  estimates  about  relevant  future  market 
conditions. The aggregate fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments was a liability of $2.5 million and 
$731,000  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  respectively,  which  is  included  in  deferred  rent  & 
other long-term liabilities. 

NOTE I — CAPITAL STOCK     
Cash dividends 
The Company paid regular quarterly cash dividends of $0.0625 per share on its common stock, or a total annual 
cash  dividend  of  $0.25  per  share,  in  2008,  2007  and  2006.    In  February  2009,  in  light  of  current  economic 
conditions, the Company suspended paying a cash dividend on its outstanding shares of common stock.    

F-18 

 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE I — CAPITAL STOCK (continued)     

Preferred stock 
The  Company  is  authorized  to  issue  100  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  2,000,000  shares  of  Series  B 
Preferred Stock, none of which is outstanding at December 31, 2008. 

Long-term incentive plan  
The Company maintains the 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), whereby up to 2,500,000 shares of the 
Company’s  common  stock  may  be  subject  to  outstanding  awards  granted  to  directors,  officers,  employees, 
consultants  and  service  providers  and  affiliates  in  the  form  of  stock  options  or  other  equity-based  awards.    The 
Plan authorizes the Board of Directors of the Company, or a duly appointed committee thereof, to issue incentive 
stock options, non-qualified options, and other stock-based awards.  Options that have been granted under the Plan 
expire over a range of five to ten years from the date of grant and vest over a range of up to five years from the 
date of grant. As of December 31, 2008, there were 11,031 shares available for grant under the Plan.  All stock 
options granted through December 31, 2008 under the Plan have exercise prices equal to the market values of the 
Company’s stock on the dates of grant.  

In 2009, two key executives of the Company voluntarily cancelled their options to purchase 600,000 shares of the 
Company’s common stock, which had a nominal fair value, in order to increase the shares available for grant under 
the Plan.   

Stock options 
A  summary  of  the  Company’s  stock  option  activity  and  related  information  for  the  three  years  ended           
December 31, 2008 is as follows: 

Weighted- 
average 
exercise 
price 

Weighted-
average 
remaining 
contractual life  
(years) 

Aggregate 
intrinsic 
value 

Options 

Options outstanding, December 31, 2005 

875,157

$14.51

Grants 
Exercises 
Cancellations 

695,500
      (146,157)
       (13,600)

Options outstanding, December 31, 2006 

1,410,900

Grants 
Exercises 
Cancellations 

516,500
        (32,000)
       (86,500)

Options outstanding, December 31, 2007 

1,808,900

Grants 
Exercises 
Cancellations 

286,000
         (1,750)
       (56,500)

Options outstanding, December 31, 2008 

    2,036,650

Options exercisable, December 31, 2008 

1,179,250

29.96
6.95
28.12

22.78

21.65
7.64
23.48

22.69

7.15
5.50
26.67

20.41

21.68

F-19 

6.79 

4.65 

-

-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE I — CAPITAL STOCK (continued)  
Stock options (continued)     

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents  the total pre-tax intrinsic value that would have been 
received  by  the  option  holders  had  all  option  holders  exercised  their  stock  options  on  December  31,  2008.  The 
intrinsic value is calculated for each in-the-money stock option as the difference between the closing price of the 
Company’s common stock on December 31, 2008 and the exercise price. There were no in-the-money options at 
December 31, 2008.  

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was 
$9,900, $417,000 and $2.7 million, respectively. The intrinsic value of a stock option that is exercised is calculated 
as the difference between the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of exercise and the 
exercise price of the stock option multiplied by the number of shares exercised. 

The Company recognized stock option expense of $2.8 million, $2.2 million and $2.2 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock 
options at December 31, 2008, before the effect of income taxes, was $5.2 million and is expected to be recognized 
over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years. 

The  Company  values  stock  options  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  valuation  model.  The  Black-Scholes  option 
valuation  model,  as  well  as  other  available  models,  was  developed  for  use  in  estimating  the  fair  value  of  traded 
options, which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable.  The Black-Scholes option valuation model 
requires  the  input  of  highly  subjective  assumptions  including  the  expected  stock  price  volatility.    Because  the 
Company’s stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, changes in the 
subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate of the Company’s stock options.  

The weighted-average per share grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $5.05, $8.26 and $12.11, respectively.   

The  fair  value  for  these  stock  options  was  estimated  at  the  date  of  grant  using  the  following  weighted-average 
assumptions: 

Historical volatility 
Expected term (years)  
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected dividend yield 

2008 

2007 

2006 

         50% 
          4.8 
      2.41% 
      5.20% 

40%
         5.2 
4.56%
1.18%

41% 
5.2 
5.02% 
0.834% 

Restricted stock 
In  2008,  2007  and  2006,  the  Company  issued  22,586,  7,280  and  5,254  restricted  shares,  respectively,  of  the 
Company’s  common  stock  to  its  Board  of  Directors  representing  payment  of  a  portion  of  their  annual  retainer.  
The total fair value of the restricted shares, based on the number of shares granted and the quoted market price of 
the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant,  was  $172,500,  $150,000  and  $115,000,  respectively.  The 
shares granted in 2008 and 2007 cliff vest one year from the date of grant.  The shares granted in 2006 vested in 
quarterly installments over a period of one year. 

F-20 

 
 
 
 
 LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE I — CAPITAL STOCK (continued)  

Share repurchase program 
In 2007, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized a program to repurchase up to $40.0 million of the 
Company’s common stock through open market purchases or privately-negotiated transactions.  As of December 
31, 2008, the Company had purchased in the open market and retired a total of 1,362,505 shares of its common 
stock for a total cost of $22.7 million under the program. There were no purchases during 2008. In March 2009, 
the Board of Directors of the Company terminated the program. 

NOTE J — INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE      

Basic income (loss) per common share has been computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average 
number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding.  Diluted income (loss) per common share adjusts 
net income (loss) and basic income (loss) per common share for the effect of all potentially dilutive shares of the 
Company’s common stock.  The calculations of basic and diluted income (loss) per common share for the years 
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:  

2008 

2007 

2006 

(in thousands - except per share amounts) 

      $(49,029)

$ 8,892 

$15,532 

Net income (loss) - Basic 
Interest expense 4.75% Convertible Senior Notes, net   

of tax  

Net income (loss) – Diluted 

Weighted- average shares outstanding – Basic 
Effect of dilutive securities: 

Stock options 
4.75% Convertible Senior Notes 

Weighted- average shares outstanding – Diluted 

(cid:2) 
      $(49,029)

11,976 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 
11,976 

Basic income (loss) per common share 

Diluted income (loss) per common share 

      $    (4.09)

      $    (4.09) 

(cid:2) 
$ 8,892 

12,969 

130 
(cid:2) 
13,099 

$   0.69 

$   0.68 

1,312 
$16,844 

13,171 

183 
1,362 
14,716 

$   1.18 

$   1.14 

The computations of diluted income (loss) per common share for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 
2006  excludes  options  to  purchase  2,036,650,  1,544,000  and  974,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock, 
respectively, due to their antidilutive effect. The computations of diluted income (loss) per common share for the 
years  ended  December  31,  2008  and  2007  also  excludes  2,678,571  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock 
issuable upon the conversion of the Company’s 4.75% Convertible Senior Notes and related interest expense, due 
to its antidilutive effect in those years.  

F-21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE K — INCOME TAXES 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of: 

2008 

Year Ended December 31, 
2007 
(in thousands) 

2006 

Current: 

Federal 
State and local 

Deferred 
Income tax provision (benefit) 

     $(11,478)
1,388
            (450)
     $(10,540)

$3,891
768
2,771
$7,430

$7,442 
1,860 
421 
$9,723 

The  Company  has  the  ability  to  carry  back  the  majority  of  the  current  year  loss  for  Federal  tax  purposes.  
Accordingly, the Company has recorded a current benefit for these losses. 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets 
and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  income  tax  purposes.  Significant 
components of the Company’s net deferred income tax asset (liability) are as follows: 

Deferred income tax assets: 

Inventory 
Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B. translation 

adjustment 

Deferred rent expense 
Operating loss carry-forward 
Stock options 
Accounts receivable allowances 
Accrued bonuses 
Other 

    Total deferred income tax asset 

Deferred income tax liability: 
      Depreciation and amortization 

Inventory 
Other 

    Total deferred income tax liability 

December 31, 

2008 

2007 

(in thousands) 

$  1,421

$ 4,347 

2,553
 2,117
1,209
919
852
313
6,989
 16,373

(cid:2) 
1,055 
(cid:2) 
390 
1,603 
469 
61 
 7,925 

    (3,807)
     (1,303)
        (409)
     (5,519)

   (8,211) 
          (cid:2) 
(cid:2) 
   (8,211) 

Net deferred income tax asset (liability) 

   10,854

      (286) 

Valuation allowance 

   (14,630)

        (cid:2) 

Net deferred income tax liability 

  $ (3,776)

$    (286) 

F-22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE K — INCOME TAXES (continued) 

At  December  31,  2008,  the  Company  has  a  Federal  net  operating  loss  carry  forward  of  $1.3  million  which  will 
expire in 2029.  Additionally, the Company has various state net operating loss carry forwards that will begin to 
expire in 2014. Since management is uncertain of its ability to utilize its future deferred tax benefits, a full valuation 
allowance has been established.  In accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, the Company 
has  offset  its  total  deferred  tax  asset  with  certain  deferred  tax  liabilities  that  are  expected  to  reverse  in  the  carry 
forward period.  The net deferred tax liability of $3.8 million at December 31, 2008 relates to    indefinite-lived 
intangible assets. 

The  provision  (benefit)  for  income  taxes  differs  from  the  amounts  computed  by  applying  the  applicable  federal 
statutory rates as follows: 

Year Ended December 31, 
2007 

2006 

2008 

Provision (benefit) for Federal income taxes 

at the statutory rate 

Increases (decreases): 

State and local income taxes, net of 

 Federal income tax benefit 
       Non-deductible stock options 
       Valuation allowance 
       Other 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes 

   (35.0)%

   35.0% 

   35.0%

    (3.3) 
   0.5 
      25.0 
  (4.5)  
    (17.3)%

   5.6 
      2.9 
  (cid:2) 
      2.0 
    45.5% 

      4.8 
      (cid:2) 
     (cid:2) 
        (1.3) 
       38.5%

The estimated value of the Company’s tax positions at December 31, 2008 and 2007 is a liability of $498,000 and 
$1.4 million, respectively, and consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Balance as of January 1, 2007 

Increases – tax positions in prior years 
Decreases – tax positions in prior years 
Increases – tax positions in current year 

Balance as of January 1, 2008 

Increases – tax positions in prior years 
Decreases- tax positions in prior years - settled 
Decreases – tax positions in prior years – lapse of statute 

Balance as of December 31, 2008 

$1,704
9
    (312)
       36
$1,437
303
     (128)
  (1,114)
$   498

If the Company’s tax positions are sustained by the taxing authorities in favor of the Company, the Company’s FIN 
48 liability would be reduced by $498,000, of which $307,000 would impact the Company’s tax provision.  On a 
quarterly basis the Company evaluates its tax positions and revises its estimates accordingly.  During the quarter 
ended  June  30,  2008  the  Company  reversed  $1.3  million  (including  accrued  interest)  of  its  FIN  48  liability  as  a 
result of the expiration of the statute of limitations on a certain tax year, resulting in an increase in the income tax 
benefit recorded during the period. The Company believes that $342,000 of its tax positions will reverse within the 
next twelve months. 

The  Company  has  identified  Federal,  California,  Massachusetts,  New  York  and  New  Jersey  as  “major”  tax 
jurisdictions. The periods subject to examination for the Company’s Federal returns are years 2006 and 2007. The 
periods  subject  to  examination  for  the  Company’s  California,  Massachusetts,  New  York  and  New Jersey returns 
are years 2005, 2006 and 2007. 

F-23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE K — INCOME TAXES (continued) 

The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties is to record such items as a component of income taxes. 
Interest and penalties were not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows as 
of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.  

NOTE L — BUSINESS SEGMENTS 

Segment information 
The Company operates in two reportable business segments; the wholesale segment which is the Company’s primary 
business  that  designs,  markets  and  distributes  its  products  to  retailers  and  distributors,  and  the  direct-to-consumer 
segment,  through  its  Pfaltzgraff®  and  Mikasa®  Internet  websites  and  the  Company’s  Pfaltzgraff®  mail-order 
catalogs.  As described in Note B, the Company ceased operating its Pfaltzgraff® factory and clearance stores and 
Farberware®  outlet  stores  by  December  31,  2008.    The  operations  of  these  retails  stores  were  included  in  the 
direct-to-consumer segment during 2008. 

The Company has segmented its operations in a manner that reflects how management reviews and evaluates the 
results of its operations.  While both segments distribute similar products, the segments are distinct due to their 
different types of customers and the different methods used to sell, market and distribute the products.  

Management evaluates the performance of the wholesale and direct-to-consumer segments based on net sales and 
income (loss) from operations. Such measures give recognition to specifically identifiable operating costs such as 
cost  of  sales,  distribution  expenses  and  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses.  Certain  general  and 
administrative  expenses,  such  as  senior  executive  salaries  and  benefits,  stock  compensation,  director  fees  and 
accounting, legal and consulting fees, are not allocated to the specific segments and are reflected as unallocated 
corporate expenses.  Assets in each segment consist of assets used in its operations, acquired intangible assets and 
goodwill.  Assets in the unallocated corporate category consist of cash and tax related assets that are not allocated 
to the segments. 

2008 

Year Ended December 31, 
2007 
(in thousands) 

2006 

Net sales: 

Wholesale 
Direct-to-consumer 
Total net sales 

Income (loss) from operations: 

Wholesale (1) 
Direct-to-consumer (2) 
Unallocated corporate expenses 

Total income (loss) from operations 

Depreciation and amortization: 

Wholesale 
Direct-to-consumer 

      Total depreciation and amortization 

$403,591
84,344
$487,935

$416,890 
76,835 
$493,725 

$374,081
83,319
$457,400

    $(11,979)
      (28,998)
      (10,936)
    $(51,913)

   $ 42,968  
     (10,010) 
     (12,174) 
$ 20,784 

$ 46,824
       (8,129)
       (8,895)
$ 29,800

     $  (9,975)
            (807)
     $(10,782)

   $  (8,178) 
(1,481) 
$  (9,659) 

    $  (7,078)
        (1,302)
    $  (8,380)

F-24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE L — BUSINESS SEGMENTS (continued) 

Segment information (continued) 

2008 

Year Ended December 31, 
2007 
(in thousands) 

2006 

Assets: 

Wholesale 
Direct-to-consumer 
Unallocated/ corporate/ other 

Total assets 

Capital expenditures: 

Wholesale 
Direct-to-consumer 

Total capital expenditures 

Notes: 

$321,284
5,422
15,075
$341,781

$337,156 
22,163 
12,096 
$371,415 

$310,260
24,136
8,668
$343,064

     $  (8,538)
            (321)
     $  (8,859)

  $ (17,412) 
       (1,611) 
$ (19,023) 

   $ (17,719)
        (3,425)
   $ (21,144)

(1)       In 2008, loss from operations for the wholesale segment includes non-cash goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges totaling             

$29.4 million. See Note E. 

(2)     In 2008 and 2007, loss from operations for the direct-to-consumer segment includes $18.0 million and $1.9 million of restructuring 

and non-cash fixed asset impairment charges, respectively.  See Note B.   

Product category information – net sales 
The  following  table  sets  forth  the  net  sales  by  the  major  product  categories  included  within  the  Company’s 
wholesale operating segment: 

Food Preparation 
Tabletop 
Home Décor  
Other  

   Total  

2008 

Year ended December 31, 
2007 
(in thousands) 

2006 

$232,264
111,770
57,650
1,907
$403,591

$247,336
97,995
68,856
2,703
$416,890

$239,200 
88,466 
44,040 
2,375 
$374,081 

F-25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE M — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Operating leases 
The Company has lease agreements for its corporate headquarters, distribution centers, direct-to-consumer offices, 
showrooms  and  sales  offices  that  expire  through  2022.  These  leases  generally  provide  for,  among  other  things, 
annual base rent escalations, and additional rent for real estate taxes and other costs.   

In January 2008, the Company entered into a 12-year lease agreement for 69,000 square feet of office, showroom 
and warehouse space located in Medford, Massachusetts.  The lease includes a renewal option for two additional 
five-year  periods.   The  location  serves  as  the  headquarters  for  the  Syratech  business  operations.   Annual  rent  is 
$991,000  and  will  increase  over  the  initial  term  of  the  lease  to  $1.3  million.   The  new  office  space  replaced 
118,000 square feet of office space that the Company leased in the Boston, Massachusetts area. 

Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands): 

 Year ending December 31 

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
Thereafter 
    Total 

$  12,899
12,047
11,988
12,208
12,309
68,506
$129,957

The forgoing lease obligations at December 31, 2008 exclude the leases related to the Company’s retail stores, all of 
which were closed by December 31, 2008. 

During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company had an agreement with Meyer Corporation whereby Meyer 
Corporation occupied 30% of the space in each of the Company’s Farberware® outlet stores and was responsible for 
merchandising  and  stocking  Farberware®  cookware  products  in  these  stores.  Pursuant  to  the  agreement  Meyer 
Corporation received all revenue from the sale of the Farberware® cookware in the Company’s Farberware® outlet 
stores  and  in  turn  reimbursed  the  Company  for  30%  of  the  operating  expenses  of  the  stores,  including  rent.    The 
agreement was terminated in June 2006. During the year ended December 31, 2006, Meyer Corporation reimbursed 
the Company $2.0 million.  

Rental and related expenses under operating leases were $23.0 million, $18.3 million and $16.5 million for the years 
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  The amounts for 2006 are prior to the Meyer reimbursement 
described above. 

F-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE M — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued) 

Capital leases 
The  Company  has  entered  into  various  capital  lease  arrangements  for  the  leasing  of  equipment  that  is  primarily 
utilized in its distribution centers. These leases expire through 2011 and the future minimum lease payments due 
under the leases are as follows (in thousands): 

Year ending December 31 

2009 
2010 
2011 
Total minimum lease payments 
Less: amounts representing interest 

Present value of minimum lease payments 

$258
166
92
516
     ( 47)

$469

The  current  and  non-current  portions  of  the  Company’s  capital  lease  obligations  at  December  31,  2008  of 
$230,000  and  $239,000,  respectively,  and  at  December  31,  2007  of  $369,000  and  $457,000,  respectively,  are 
included in accrued expenses, and deferred rent & other long-term liabilities, respectively. 

Royalties 
The  Company  has  license  agreements  that  require  payments  of  royalties  on  sales  of  licensed  products,  which 
expire through 2023.  Future minimum royalties payable under these agreements are as follows (in thousands): 

Year ending December 31 

2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
Thereafter 
    Total 

$11,252
1,419
158
162
150
1,216
$14,357

Legal proceedings 
The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits and from time-to-time regulatory proceedings which may require 
the recall of its products, arising in the ordinary course of its business. Management does not expect the outcome 
of any of these matters, individually or collectively, to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial 
condition.  

In  October  2007,  Syratech  Corporation  (“Syratech”)  commenced  an  action  against  the  Company  and  the 
Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Syratech Acquisition Corporation, in New York State Supreme Court, New 
York  County,  asserting  a  single  cause  of  action  for  breach  of  contract.    Syratech  alleges  that  the  Company 
breached the parties’ asset purchase agreement by failing to file and make effective a registration statement for 
shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  issued  to  Syratech  for  its  assets.    The  complaint  alleges  damages  of 
approximately $2.1 million.  The Company denies that it is liable to Syratech under the claim set forward in the 
complaint,  and  intends  to  vigorously  defend  this  action.    No  trial  date  has  been  set.    A  mediation  session  is 
scheduled for April 15, 2009. 

F-27 

 
 
 
 
 
                                                                            
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE M — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued) 

Legal proceedings (continued) 

In  March  2008,  the  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (“EPA”)  announced  that  the  San  German  Ground  Water 
Contamination site in Puerto Rico was added to the Superfund National Priorities List due to contamination present 
in  the  local  drinking  water  supply.  Wallace  Silversmiths  de  Puerto  Rico,  Ltd.  ("Wallace"),  a  wholly-owned 
subsidiary  of  the  Company,  received  a  Notice  of  Potential  Liability  and  Request  for  Information  Pursuant  to  42 
U.S.C. Sections 9607(a) and 9604(e) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, Liability Act 
regarding the San German Ground Water Contamination Superfund Site, San German, Puerto Rico dated May 29, 
2008 from the EPA.  The EPA requested that Wallace provide information regarding Wallace’s occupation of the 
facility located in San German, Puerto Rico and contamination of the ground water supply.  By letter dated June 
18, 2008, the Company responded to the EPA’s Request for Information on behalf of Wallace.  The Company has 
engaged  environmental  consultants  to  investigate  the  environmental  condition  of  the  property  and  preliminary 
discussions  with  the  EPA  have  been  initiated.   At  this  time,  it  is  not  possible  for  the  Company  to  evaluate  the 
outcome. 

NOTE N — RETIREMENT PLANS 

401(k) plan 
The Company maintains a defined contribution retirement plan for eligible employees under Section 401(k) of the 
Internal Revenue Code. Participants can make voluntary contributions up to a maximum of 15% of their respective 
salaries.  During  2008,  2007  and  2006,  the  Company  matched  50%  of  employee  contributions  up  to  4%  of  an 
employee’s eligible compensation. Effective January 1, 2009 the Company suspended its matching contribution as 
an  expense  savings  measure.    The  Company  made  matching  contributions  to  the  401(k)  plan  of  $777,000, 
$778,000 and $809,000 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  

Retirement benefit obligations 
As  part  of  the  acquisition  of  the  business  and  certain  assets  of  Syratech  in  April  2006,  the  Company  assumed 
certain obligations for retirement benefits to be payable to certain former executives of Syratech.  The obligations 
under  these  agreements  are  unfunded.  At  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  the  total  unfunded  retirement  benefit 
obligation was $3.2 million and $3.0 million, respectively, and is included in accrued expenses, and deferred rent 
& other long-term liabilities. During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company paid retirement 
benefits related to these obligations of $148,000.  The Company expects to pay a total of $148,000 in retirement 
benefits related to these obligations during the year ending December 31, 2009. 

NOTE O — OTHER 

Inventory 
The components of inventory are as follows: 

Finished goods 
Work in process 
Raw materials 
    Total 

December 31, 

2008 

2007 

(in thousands) 

$137,378 
2,197 
2,037 
$141,612 

$139,042 
2,412 
2,230 
$143,684 

F-28 

 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE O — OTHER (continued) 

Property and equipment  
Property and equipment consist of: 

Machinery, furniture and equipment 
Leasehold improvements 
Building and improvements  
Construction in progress 
Land 

Less:  accumulated depreciation and amortization 
    Total 

December 31, 

  2008 

  2007 

(in thousands) 

$ 63,868
24,469
1,708
1,301
115
91,461
 (41,553)
$ 49,908

$ 63,223 
24,878 
1,708 
176 
115 
90,100 
      (35,768) 
$ 54,332 

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 
and 2006 was $9.8 million, $8.7 million and $7.5 million, respectively.   

Included  in  machinery,  furniture  and  equipment  and  accumulated  depreciation  at  December  31,  2008  are           
$2.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively, related to assets recorded under capital leases.  Included in machinery, 
furniture  and  equipment  and  accumulated  depreciation at  December  31,  2007  are  $2.1  million  and  $1.2  million, 
respectively, related to assets recorded under capital leases. 

As  more  fully  described  in  Note  B,  the  Company  recorded  non-cash  impairment  charges  in  connection  with  its 
restructuring activities of $3.9 million and $1.6 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Accrued expenses 
Accrued expenses consist of:  

Restructuring costs 
Vendor invoices 
Customer allowances and rebates 
Compensation  
Interest 
Freight 
Royalties 
Commissions 
Contract settlement 
Dividends payable 
Other 
    Total 

December 31, 

2008 

2007 

(in thousands) 

$  9,890  
6,066  
5,956
1,924
2,272
2,245
2,021
1,218
       (cid:2)
       (cid:2)
4,310
$35,902

$       (cid:2) 
 6,572 
3,339 
6,615 
2,062 
992 
2,387 
686 
1,612 
748 
6,491 
$31,504 

F-29 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
DECEMBER 31, 2008 

NOTE O — OTHER (continued) 

Deferred rent & other long-term liabilities 
Deferred rent & other long-term liabilities consist of:  

Deferred rent liability 
Mikasa® negative goodwill 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Derivative liability 
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations 
    Total 

Supplemental cash flow information 

December 31, 

2008 

2007 

(in thousands) 

$11,135  
6,215 
3,003
2,462
239
$23,054

$10,442 
(cid:2) 
2,851 
731 
457 
$14,481 

2008 

Year Ended December 31, 
2007 
(in thousands) 

2006 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 
Cash paid for interest 
Cash paid for taxes  

Non-cash investing activities: 
Grupo Vasconia, S.A.B. translation adjustment 
Liabilities assumed in business acquisition 
Common stock issued in connection with business acquisition 
Equipment acquired under capital lease obligations 
Capitalized tenant improvement allowances 

$ 8,635  
6,138

$6,167 
6,392 

$ 2,500
10,994

 $(6,587)
3,264
     (cid:2) 
      (cid:2)
      (cid:2)

   $     (cid:2)  
        (cid:2)  
    133 
    34 
7,039 

   $     (cid:2) 
        (cid:2) 
  6,821
521
      (cid:2)

F-30 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
(in thousands) 

COL. A 

Description 

COL. B 

Balance at 
beginning 
of period 

COL. C 
Additions 
charged to 
costs and 
expenses 

COL. D 

COL. E 

Deduction
s 
(describe) 

Balance 
at end of 
period 

Year ended December 31, 2008 
Deducted from asset accounts: 
  Allowance for doubtful 
      accounts 
  Reserve for sales 
      returns and allowances 

Year ended December 31, 2007 
Deducted from asset accounts: 
  Allowance for doubtful 
      accounts 
  Reserve for sales 
      returns and allowances 

Year ended December 31, 2006 
Deducted from asset accounts: 
  Allowance for doubtful 
      accounts 
  Reserve for sales 
      returns and allowances 

$     395   

$  1,614   

$     156   

(a) 

$  1,853   

16,005 
$16,400 

23,160 
$24,774 

(c) 

26,367 
$26,523 

(b) 

12,798 
$14,651 

$     395 

     $      (79)

      $      (79) 

(a) 

 $     395 

11,702 
$12,097 

19,970 
$19,891 

(c) 

15,667 
$15,588 

(b) 

16,005 
$16,400 

      $    195 

     $      (81)

     $   (281) 

(a) 

$     395 

7,718 
    $  7,913 

18,996 
$18,915 

(c) 

15,012 
$14,731 

(b) 

11,702 
$12,097 

(a) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries. 

(b) Allowances granted. 

(c) Charged to net sales. 

S-1 

 
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.17 

Amendment Agreement No. 1 dated September 5, 2007 among: 

(i) 

Lifetime Brands, Inc., a company duly organized and in existence pursuant to 

the laws of the State of Delaware in the United States of America (“LTB” or “Strategic Investor”); 

(ii) 

Ekco,  S.A.B.,  a  Mexican  sociedad  anónima  bursátil  duly  organized  and  in 
existence pursuant to the laws of the United Mexican States (“Ekco” or the “Company”, provided that 
when the context so requires it, “Company” shall also include the Company Subsidiaries); and 

(iii)  Mr.  José  Ramón  Elizondo  Anaya,  a  Mexican  individual  (“Mr.  Elizondo”), 
Mr. Miguel Ángel Huerta Pando, a Mexican individual (“Mr. Huerta” and together with Mr. Elizondo 
the “Primary Shareholders”). 

WITNESSETH 

WHEREAS, Lifetime Brands, Inc., Ekco, S.A.B., Mr. José Ramón Elizondo Anaya and Mr. Miguel 
Angel  Huerta  Pando  entered  into  a  Shares  Subscription  Agreement  dated  June  8,  2007  (the  “SSA”) 
pursuant to which they agreed, among others, on the terms and conditions for a subscription of shares 
issued by Ekco, S.A.B. by Lifetime Brands, Inc. 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the SSA as described below: 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: 

1.  Section 1.1(a) is hereby amended to read as follows: 

(a) 

As soon as practicable, but in no event later than December 31, 2007 
(the  “Issue  Date”),  the  Company  shall  issue  shares  of  common  stock  (the  “New  Shares”),  and  shall 
make  New  Shares  available  for  subscription  by  Strategic  Investor  in  the  terms  provided  below. 
Strategic Investor shall have the right to subscribe the shares in the terms provided hereunder, through 
a  newly  incorporated  Mexican  entity  (“NewCo”)  wholly  owned  by  the  Strategic  Investor,  provided 
that  Strategic  Investor:  (i)  shall  not  be  obliged  to  purchase  any  shares  if  less  than  29.99%  of  the 
outstanding capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis, are available for subscription; and 
(ii)  shall  not  be  obliged  to  purchase  any  shares  in  excess  of  those  New  Shares  representing  exactly 
29.99% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis. 

2.  Section 14.1(b) is hereby amended to read as follows: 

(b) 

by notice in writing by either of the Strategic Investor, the Company 
or  the  Primary  Shareholders,  if  the  Closing  does  not  occur  on  or  before  January  31,  2007;  provided 
that  if  the  Closing  does  not  occur  on  or  before  such  date  as  the  result  of  a  willful  breach  or  willful 
default  by  a  party  with  respect  to  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement  on  or  before  such  date,  such 
party  may  not  terminate  this  Agreement  pursuant  to  this  Section  14.1(b),  and  the  other  party  to  this 
Agreement shall at its option enforce its rights against such breaching or defaulting party and seek any 
remedies against such party, in either case as provided hereunder and by applicable law;  

3.  Section 9.1(f)(iii) is hereby amended to read as follows: 

(iii) 

Strategic  Investor  shall  not  directly  or  indirectly  (including  through  its 
Affiliates)  carry  on  activities,  conduct,  own  an  interest  in  or  otherwise  participate  (whether  as  a 
supplier, lender, guarantor, investor, employer, proprietor, shareholder, agent, consultant or partner),  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
sale or distribution of or in the control or management of all or any part of a business involved in the 
manufacture,  sale  or  distribution  of  houseware  products,  including  but  not  limited  to  kitchenware, 
cookware, pressure cookers, pots, pans, kitchen gadgets and utensils, cutlery, thermoses, dinnerware 
and  flatware  in  Mexico,  Colombia,  Argentina,  Venezuela,  Costa  Rica,  El  Salvador,  Guatemala, 
Honduras,  Nicaragua,  Panama,  Belize  and  Dominican  Republic,  until  the  second  anniversary  of  the 
Exit Date, without the prior written consent of the Company and the Primary Shareholders. 

4.  All other provisions of the SSA shall remain in full force and effect. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year 
first above written. 

LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 

By: /s/ Jeffrey Siegel 

Name:  Jeffrey Siegel 
Title:  Attorney-in-fact 

EKCO, S.A.B.  

By:/s/ José Ramón Elizondo Anaya 

Name: Mr. José Ramón Elizondo Anaya  
Title:  Attorney-in-fact 

By:/s/ Emmanuel Reveles Ramírez  

Name:  Mr. Emmanuel Reveles Ramírez 
Title:  Attorney-in-fact 

PRIMARY SHAREHOLDERS 

By:/s/ José Ramón Elizondo Anaya 

Name:  Mr. José Ramón Elizondo Anaya 

By:/s/ Miguel Ángel Huerta Pando  

Name:  Mr. Miguel Ángel Huerta Pando 

F-ii 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                               Exhibit 10.21  

Amendment Agreement No. 2 dated , September 25, 2008 among: 

(i) 

Lifetime Brands, Inc., a company duly organized and in existence pursuant to 

the laws of the State of Delaware in the United States of America (“LTB” or “Strategic Investor”); 

(ii) 

Grupo  Vasconia  S.A.B.,  formerly  known  as  Ekco,  S.A.B.,  a  Mexican 
sociedad anónima bursátil duly organized and in existence pursuant to the laws of the United Mexican 
States (the “Company”, provided that when the context so requires it, “Company” shall also include 
the Company Subsidiaries); and 

(iii)  Mr.  José  Ramón  Elizondo  Anaya,  a  Mexican  individual  (“Mr.  Elizondo”), 
Mr. Miguel Ángel Huerta Pando, a Mexican individual (“Mr. Huerta” and together with Mr. Elizondo 
the “Primary Shareholders”). 

WITNESSETH 

WHEREAS, Lifetime Brands, Inc., Ekco, S.A.B. (now known as Grupo Vasconia S.A.B.), Mr. José 
Ramón  Elizondo  Anaya  and  Mr.  Miguel  Angel  Huerta  Pando  entered  into  a  Shares  Subscription 
Agreement dated June 8, 2007 (the “SSA”) pursuant to which they agreed, among others, on the terms 
and conditions for a subscription of shares issued by Ekco, S.A.B. (now known as Grupo Vasconia 
S.A.B.) by Lifetime Brands, Inc. 

WHEREAS,  on  September  5,  2007  the  parties  entered  into  an  Amendment  Agreement  No.  1  to 
amend the SSA. 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the SSA as described below: 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: 

1.  Section 9.1(f)(i) is hereby amended to read as follows: 

(i) 

The  Company  agrees  that  it  shall  not  (i)  directly  or  indirectly  carry  on 
activities,  conduct,  own  an  interest  in  or  otherwise  participate  (whether  as  a  supplier,  lender, 
guarantor,  investor,  employer,  proprietor,  shareholder,  agent,  consultant  or  partner)  in  the 
manufacture, sale or distribution of or in the control or management of all or any part of a business 
involved in the manufacture, sale or distribution of houseware products, including, but not limited to, 
kitchenware, cookware, pressure cookers, pots, pans, kitchen gadgets and utensils, cutlery, thermoses, 
dinnerware and flatware in the United States or Canada (the “Cross-Border Products”) until the second 
anniversary of the Exit Date, without the prior written consent of Strategic Investor, provided that the 
Company shall have the right to continue selling the Cross-Border Products to such customers listed in 
Exhibit 9.1 (f) (i) “List of Customers”, and to such other customers as may be requested in writing by 
the  Company  (the  “Requested  Customers”)  and  that  have  not  been  vetoed  by the Strategic Investor.  
The  Company  shall  have  the  right  to  sell  to  the  Requested  Customers  only  if  the  Company  has  not 
received a written veto from the Strategic Investor within ten (10) Business Days following the date 
the written notice was received by the Strategic Investor.  Any one of the Cross-Border Products that 
is  also  sold  by  the  Strategic  Investor shall be sold by the Company at a price no less than the price 
identified by the Strategic Investor on an approved price list (the “Approved Price List”), as may be 
provided and updated by the Strategic Investor from time to time;  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.  Section 9.1(f)(iii) is hereby amended to read as follows: 

(iii) 

Strategic  Investor  shall  not  directly  or  indirectly  (including  through  its 
Affiliates)  carry  on  activities,  conduct,  own  an  interest  in  or  otherwise  participate  (whether  as  a 
supplier, lender, guarantor, investor, employer, proprietor, shareholder, agent, consultant or partner),  
sale or distribution of or in the control or management of all or any part of a business involved in the 
manufacture,  sale  or  distribution  of  houseware  products,  including  but  not  limited  to  kitchenware, 
cookware, pressure cookers, pots, pans, kitchen gadgets and utensils, cutlery, thermoses, dinnerware 
and flatware in Mexico, Colombia, Brazil, Chile, Peru, Ecuador, Argentina, Venezuela, Costa Rica, El 
Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama, Belize and Dominican Republic, until the second 
anniversary  of  the  Exit  Date,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Company  and  the  Primary 
Shareholders; provided, however, that the foregoing does not apply with respect to Strategic Investor’s 
Corporate Giftware Agreement with Arc International relating to the Mikasa business. 

3.  All other provisions of the SSA shall remain in full force and effect. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year 
first above written. 

LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 

By: /s/ Jeffrey Siegel 

Name:  Jeffrey Siegel 
Title:  Attorney-in-fact 

GRUPO VASCONIA S.A.B. (FORMERLY 

KNOWN AS EKCO, S.A.B.) 

By:/s/ José Ramón Elizondo Anaya 

Name: Mr. José Ramón Elizondo Anaya  
Title:  Attorney-in-fact 

By:/s/ Emmanuel Reveles Ramírez  

Name:  Mr. Emmanuel Reveles Ramírez 
Title:  Attorney-in-fact 

PRIMARY SHAREHOLDERS 

By:/s/ José Ramón Elizondo Anaya 

Name:  Mr. José Ramón Elizondo Anaya 

By:/s/ Miguel Ángel Huerta Pando  

Name:  Mr. Miguel Ángel Huerta Pando 

F-ii 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.25 

WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 5 
TO 
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT 

WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 5 (this “Amendment”), dated as of March 31, 

2009, by and among LIFETIME BRANDS, INC., (the “Borrower”), the several financial 
institutions party hereto and HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as 
Administrative Agent for the Lenders. 

RECITALS 

A. 

The  Borrower,  the  Lenders,  Citibank,  N.A.  and  Wachovia  Bank,  National 
Association, as Co-Documentation Agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, 
and the Administrative Agent are parties to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, 
dated  as  of  October  31,  2006  (as  it  may  be  amended,  restated,  supplemented  or  otherwise 
modified  from  time  to  time,  the  “Credit  Agreement”).    Unless  otherwise  defined  herein,  all 
capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement. 

B. 

The  Borrower  was  not,  as  at  December  31,  2008,  in  compliance  with  the 

provisions of Sections 7.13, 7.15 and 7.18 of the Credit Agreement. 

C. 

The Borrower has (1) requested that the Administrative Agent and the Required 
Lenders waive compliance by the Borrower with the requirements of Sections 7.13, 7.15 and 7.18 
of the Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2008 and (2) requested the 
Lenders to amend the Credit Agreement in certain respects. 

D. 

The  Administrative  Agent  has  advised  the  Borrower  that  the  Super-Majority 
Lenders are willing to agree to its request on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in 
this Amendment. 

Accordingly, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto hereby agree as 

follows: 

1.  Waiver.    The  Administrative  Agent  and  the  Required  Lenders  hereby  waive  non-
compliance by the Borrower with the requirements of Sections 7.13, 7.15 and 7.18 of 
the  Credit  Agreement  (as  if  effect  on  December  31,  2008)  for  the  period  ended 
December 31, 2008; provided that such waiver (a) is limited to the matters expressly 
stated in this Section 1 and (b) shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any future non-
compliance with Section 7.13, 7.15 or 7.18 of the Credit Agreement or a waiver of 
any violations of any other provisions of the Credit Agreement. 

2.  Amendments to Credit Agreement. 

(a) 

Additional  Definitions.  Section  1.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 

amended by adding the following new definitions in the appropriate alphabetical order: 

“Additional Guarantor” means Wallace Silversmiths de Puerto 

Rico Ltd., a Cayman Islands company. 

“Adjusted Excess Availability” means, as of any date of 

determination, the positive difference, if any, between (a) the Borrowing Base 

-1- 

 
 
 
 
Amount as of such date minus any Reserves and (b) the Aggregate Revolving 
Exposure as of such date. 

“Amendment No. 5” means Amendment No. 5 to Second 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2009 among the 
Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent. 

“Amendment No. 5 Effective Date” means March 31, 2009. 

“Banking Services” each and any of the following bank services 
provided to any Loan Party by any Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) credit cards 
for commercial customers (including, without limitation, “commercial credit 
cards” and purchasing cards), (b) stored value cards and (c) treasury management 
services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated 
clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository 
network services). 

“Banking Services Obligations” means of the Loan Parties 

means any and all obligations of the Loan Parties, whether absolute or contingent 
and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired 
(including all  renewals,  extensions  and  modifications  thereof  and  
substitutions therefor) in connection with Banking Services. 

“Blocked  Account  Bank”  means  HSBC  Bank  USA,  National 

Association, or any successor thereto. 

“Blocked Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a). 

“Borrower’s Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 

2.09(g). 

“Collateral Access Agreement” means an agreement in writing, 

in form and substance satisfactory to the Co-Collateral Agents, from the lessor of 
premises to the Borrower or any Guarantor, or any other Person (i) to whom any 
Collateral (including Inventory, Equipment, bills of lading or other documents of 
title) is consigned or (ii) who has custody, control or possession of any such 
Collateral or (iii) is otherwise the owner or operator of any such premises on 
which any of such Collateral is located, pursuant to which such lessor, consignee 
or other Person acknowledges the Lien of the Administrative Agent in such 
Collateral, agrees to waive any and all claims such lessor, consignee or other 
Person may, at any time, have against such Collateral, whether for processing, 
storage or otherwise, and agrees to permit the Co-Collateral Agents access to, 
and the right to remain on, the premises of such lessor, consignee or other Person 
so as to exercise the rights and remedies of the Agent and the Lenders and 
otherwise deal with such Collateral, and which contains such other provisions as 
the Co-Collateral Agents may require from time to time. 

“Consultant” means Carl Marks & Co., Inc. or another 

restructuring consultant reasonably acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents. 

- 2 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Customs Broker” means the Persons selected by the Borrower 

after written notice by the Borrower to the Co-Collateral Agents who are 
reasonably acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents to perform port of entry 
services to process Inventory imported by the Borrower or any Guarantor from 
outside the United States of America and to supply facilities, labor and materials 
to the Borrower in connection therewith, provided that, as to each such Person (a) 
the Administrative Agent shall have received a Collateral Access Agreement 
duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Person, (b) such agreement is in 
full force and effect and (c) such Person shall be in compliance in all material 
respects with the terms thereof. 

“Eligible Work in Process Inventory” means work in process 
Inventory constituting the precious metals component of such Inventory that 
satisfies the criteria set forth in the definition of “Eligible Inventory”. 

“Excess Availability” means, as of any date of determination, the 
positive difference, if any, between (a) the lesser of (i) the Aggregate Revolving 
Commitment as of such date and (ii) the Borrowing Base Amount as of such date 
minus any Reserves and (b) the Aggregate Revolving Exposure as of such date. 

“Defaulting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 

2.15(a). 

“Lender Default” has the meaning forth in Section 2.15(a). 

“Net Orderly Liquidation Value Percentage” means, as of any 

date with respect to the determination of the relevant Borrowing Base Percentage 
of Eligible Inventory or Eligible Work in Process Inventory, the percentage as of 
such date assigned to the net orderly liquidation value of Eligible Inventory or 
Eligible Work in Process Inventory, as the case may be, in the most recent 
appraisal of the Loan Parties’ Inventory by an independent appraiser. 

“Non-Defaulting Lenders” has the meaning set forth in Section 

2.15(b). 

“Reserves” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts 

as the Co-Collateral Agents may from time to time establish and revise in good 
faith based on the lending practices of the Co-Collateral Agents upon notice in 
the case of additional categories of Reserves (provided no Default has occurred 
and is continuing, of not less than two (2) days) to the Borrower, reducing the 
amount of Loans and Letters of Credit which would otherwise be available to the 
Borrower under the lending formulas provided for herein.  Such amounts may 
include, but shall not be limited to, amounts: (a) to reflect events, conditions, 
contingencies or risks, which, as determined by the Co-Collateral Agents in good 
faith, adversely affect or have a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting 
either (i) the Accounts Receivable, the Inventory or the value thereof, (ii) the 
assets or business operations of the Borrower or (iii) the Liens and other rights of 
the Lenders or the Administrative Agent in the Collateral (including the 
enforceability, perfection, priority and ranking thereof); (b) to reflect the Co-

- 3 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateral Agents’ good faith belief that any collateral report or financial 
information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Guarantors to the 
Administrative Agent or any Lender is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading; (c) 
in respect of any state of facts which the Co-Collateral Agents determine in good 
faith constitutes a Default; (d) to reflect the amount of any dilution in respect of 
the Eligible Accounts, inventory shrinkage or any liabilities of the Borrower 
(including, without limitation, liabilities for unpaid Taxes, workers’ 
compensation, wages, employee withholdings or deductions, amounts owed to 
suppliers or workmen) which pursuant to any applicable laws, rules or 
regulations of any Governmental Authority may result in the imposition of a Lien 
capable of ranking senior to or pari passu with the Lien of the Administrative 
Agent; (e) to reflect accrued and unpaid royalties, fees or other charges payable 
by the Borrower or any Guarantor in respect of licenses or other agreements to 
use Intellectual Property owned by third parties; (f) to reflect any rental payments 
(covering a period of three (3) months) or other charges or other amounts (for 
such three-month period) which may at any time be payable to lessors of real or 
personal property at or in which Inventory or records of any Loan Party are 
located and with respect to which the Administrative Agent shall not have 
received a Collateral Access Agreement; (g) to reflect freight, duty or other 
similar charges which may at any time arise in connection with in-transit 
Inventory; or (h) in respect of Banking Services and Hedging Agreements. 

“Settlement Date” means the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date 
and thereafter Tuesday of each week, unless such day is not a Business Day in 
which case it shall be the next succeeding Business Day, and every other 
Business Day designated by the Administrative Agent as a “Settlement Date” by 
notice from the Administrative Agent to each Lender. 

“Tax Refund” means the income tax refund of the Borrower in an 

amount to be set forth on IRS Form 1139 prepared by Ernst & Young LLP in 
respect of federal income taxes for the Borrower’s 2008 fiscal year. 

“Tax Refund Amount” means, (a) during the period from (i) the 

date of receipt by the Administrative Agent of a copy of the Form 1139 filed with 
the Internal Revenue Service by the Borrower in respect of the Tax Refund and 
copies of Forms 8302 and 8821 or such other relevant Internal Revenue Service 
forms necessary to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service (as so filed) in 
order for the Tax Refund to be paid directly into a Blocked Account and for 
notices from the Internal Revenue Service denying or reducing the amount of the 
Tax Refund be delivered to the Administrative Agent, to (ii) the earlier to occur 
of (A) September 30, 2009 and (B) the date on which the Borrower receives the 
Tax Refund, an amount equal to the lesser of 75% of the Tax Refund and 
$9,000,000 and (b) thereafter, $0.00. 

“Week” means the time period commencing with the opening of 
business on a Monday and ending on the end of business the following Sunday. 

- 4 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) 

Alternate  Base  Rate.    Section  1.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 
amended  by  deleting  the  definition  of  “Alternate  Base  Rate”  in  its  entirety  and  substituting  the 
following therefor: 

“Alternate Base Rate” means, on any date, a variable rate of 
interest per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the highest of the “prime rate,” 
“reference rate,” “base rate” or other similar rate as determined by the 
Administrative Agent (or any successor to the Administrative Agent) announced 
from time to time by HSBC Bank USA, National Association (or any successor 
to HSBC Bank USA, National Association) (with the understanding that any 
such rate may merely be a reference rate and may not necessarily represent the 
lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer by such bank), (b) the 
Federal Funds Open Rate plus one percent (1.0%) and (c) the 30-Day LIBOR 
Rate plus one percent (1.0%).  For purposes of this definition: (i) “Federal Funds 
Open Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum determined by the 
Administrative Agent in accordance with its usual procedures (which 
determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) to be the Open Rate for 
federal funds transactions as of the opening of business for federal funds 
transactions among members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal 
funds brokers on such day, as quoted by Garvin Guybutler, any successor entity 
thereto, or any other broker selected by the Administrative Agent, as set forth on 
the applicable Telerate display page; provided that if such day is not a Business 
Day, the Federal Funds Open Rate for such day shall be the Open Rate on the 
immediately preceding Business Day, or if no such rate shall be quoted by a 
federal funds broker at such time, such other rate as determined by the 
Administrative Agent in accordance with its usual procedures; (ii) “30-Day 
LIBOR Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum determined by the 
Administrative Agent by dividing (x) the Published Rate by (y) a number equal 
to 1.00 minus the percentage prescribed by the Federal Reserve for determining 
the maximum reserve requirements with respect to any eurocurrency funding by 
banks on such day; and “Published Rate” shall mean the rate of interest 
published each Business Day in The Wall Street Journal “Money Rates” listing 
under the caption “London Interbank Offered Rates” for a one month period (or, 
if no such rate is published therein for any reason, then the Published Rate shall 
be the eurodollar rate for a one month period as published in another publication 
determined by the Administrative Agent). 

(c) 

Applicable  Margin.    Section  1.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 
amended  by  deleting  the  definition  of  “Applicable  Margin”  in  its  entirety  and  substituting  the 
following therefor: 

“Applicable Margin” means (a) with respect to ABR Borrowings 

and Swing Line Borrowings, 3.00%, (b) with respect to Eurodollar Borrowings, 
4.00% and (c) with respect to the Commitment Fees, 0.50%. 

(d) 

Borrowing  Base  Amount.    Section  1.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is 
hereby  amended  by  deleting  the  definition  of  “Borrowing  Base  Amount”  in  its  entirety  and 
substituting the following therefor: 

- 5 - 

 
 
 
 
“Borrowing Base Amount” means, as of any date of 

determination, a sum equal to (a) the Borrowing Base Percentage of Eligible 
Receivables plus (b) the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base Percentage of Eligible 
Inventory and (ii) the Eligible Inventory Amount as of such date plus (c) the 
lesser of (i) $25,000,000 and (ii) the Trademark OLV Amount as of such date 
plus (d) the Tax Refund Amount as of such date plus (e) the lesser of (i) 
$2,000,000 and (ii) the Borrowing Base Percentage of Eligible Work in Process 
Inventory as of such date. 

(e) 

Borrowing  Base  Certificate.    Section  1.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is 
hereby  amended  by  deleting  the  definition  of  “Borrowing  Base  Certificate”  in  its  entirety  and 
substituting the following therefor: 

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate in substantially 
the form of Exhibit A to Amendment No. 5, duly executed by a Financial Officer 
of the Borrower and delivered to the Administrative Agent, appropriately 
completed, by which such Financial Officer shall certify to the Administrative 
Agent the Borrowing Base Amount and the calculation thereof as of the date of 
such certificate. 

(f) 

Borrowing  Base  Percentage.    Section  1.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is 
hereby  amended  by  deleting  the  definition  of  “Borrowing  Base  Percentage”  in  its  entirety  and 
substituting the following therefor: 

“Borrowing Base Percentage” means (a) with respect to Eligible 

Receivables, 85%, (b) with respect to Eligible Inventory, (i) during the period 
from the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date to and including June 30, 2009, 90% 
of the Net Orderly Liquidation Value Percentage with respect to Eligible 
Inventory as of the date of determination of the Borrowing Base Percentage, and 
(ii) from and after July 1, 2009, 85% of the Net Orderly Liquidation Value 
Percentage with respect to Eligible Inventory as of the date of determination of 
the Borrowing Base Percentage, and (c) with respect to Eligible Work in Process 
Inventory, 85% of the Net Orderly Liquidation Value Percentage with respect to 
Eligible Work in Process Inventory as of the date of determination of the 
Borrowing Base Percentage. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(b), the 
Borrowing Base Percentage with respect to each category of assets may be 
increased or decreased by the Co-Collateral Agents at any time and from time to 
time in the exercise of good faith and based upon the lending practices of the Co-
Collateral Agents, consistent with criteria customary in the commercial finance 
industry generally.  The Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower not less 
than two (2) Business Days prior written notice of its determination to decrease 
the Borrowing Base Percentage of any category of assets.  The Borrower 
consents to any such increases or decreases and acknowledge that decreasing the 
Borrowing Base Percentage or increasing or imposing reserves may limit or 
restrict the Extensions of Credit requested by the Borrower. 

- 6 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
(g) 

Eligible  Inventory.    Section  1.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 
amended  by  deleting  the  definition  of  “Eligible  Inventory”  in  its  entirety  and  substituting  the 
following therefor: 

“Eligible Inventory” means Inventory (other than Eligible Work 

in Process Inventory) located in the United States of America or in transit as 
provided in clause (e) below subject to a fully perfected first priority security 
interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the 
Secured Parties, pursuant to the Security Agreement which is not on consignment 
from any third party and which conforms to the representations and warranties 
contained in the Security Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible 
Inventory” shall not include (a) obsolete or damaged Inventory, (b) Inventory 
consisting of samples, promotional, marketing, packaging or shipping materials 
or supplies or otherwise not of a type held for sale in the ordinary course of the 
Borrower’s or a Guarantor’s business, (c) Inventory not saleable within one year 
from the date of acquisition or creation thereof, (d) Inventory to be returned to 
suppliers, (e) any Inventory at premises other than those owned and controlled by 
the Borrower or any Guarantor except (i) any Inventory that would otherwise be 
Eligible Inventory at locations that are leased by the Borrower or any Guarantor 
(including public warehouse facilities at which the Borrower’s Inventory is 
segregated from property of third parties) may nevertheless be considered 
Eligible Inventory if the Administrative Agent shall have received a Collateral 
Access Agreement, duly authorized, executed and delivered by the owner and 
lessor of such premises, and (ii) Inventory which would otherwise be Eligible 
Inventory having a value of up to (x) $10,000,000 divided by (y) the Borrowing 
Base Percentage for Eligible Inventory in effect on the date of determination of 
Eligible Inventory and that is located outside of the United States of America and 
in transit to either the premises of a Customs Broker in the United States of 
America or premises of the Borrower or any Guarantor in the United States of 
America which are either owned and controlled by the Borrower or such 
Guarantor or leased by the Borrower or such Guarantor (but only if the 
Administrative Agent shall have received a Collateral Access Agreement, duly 
authorized, executed and delivered by the owner and lessor of such premises, as 
the case may be), provided that (A) the Administrative Agent has a first priority 
perfected Lien upon, and control and possession of, all originals of documents of 
title with respect to such Inventory, (B) the Administrative Agent has received (I) 
a Collateral Access Agreement, duly authorized, executed and delivered by the 
Customs Broker handling the shipping and delivery of such Inventory, (II) a 
copy of the certificate of marine cargo insurance in connection therewith in 
which the Administrative Agent has been named as an additional insured and loss 
payee in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (III) a copy of the 
invoice and manifest with respect thereto and (C) such Inventory is not subject to 
any Letter of Credit, (D) the Borrower shall have caused all bills of lading and 
other documents of title relating to the goods being purchased by it which are 
outside the United States of America and in transit to such premises to name the 
Borrower as consignee, unless and until the Co-Collateral Agents may direct 
otherwise or, in the event that the Co-Collateral Agents shall have so directed, 
from time to time as the Co-Collateral Agents may direct, the Borrower shall 

- 7 - 

 
 
 
have caused the Administrative Agent or such other financial institution or other 
Person as the Co-Collateral Agents may specify to be named as consignee, it 
being understood, without limiting any other rights of the Administrative Agent, 
the Co-Collateral Agents or any Lender hereunder, at any time on or after the 
occurrence of a Default, and for so long as the same is continuing, the 
Administrative Agent shall have the right to endorse and negotiate on behalf of, 
and as attorney-in-fact for, the Borrower and the Guarantors any bill of lading or 
other document of title with respect to such goods naming the Borrower or any 
Guarantor as consignee to the Administrative Agent; (E) three (3) originals of 
each bill of lading or other document of title which, unless and until the Co-
Collateral Agents shall direct otherwise, shall have been delivered as follows:  
(I) one (1) original to such Customs Broker as the Borrower may specify (so long 
as the Administrative Agent has received a Collateral Access Agreement duly 
authorized, executed and delivered by such Customs Broker) and (II) two (2) 
originals sent to the Administrative Agent or to such other Person as the 
Administrative Agent may designate for such purpose; (F) the Borrower shall 
have obtained a copy (but not the originals) of such bill of lading and other 
documents of title from the Customs Broker; and (G) the Borrower shall have 
caused all bills of lading or other documents of title relating to goods purchased 
by the Borrower or any Guarantor which are outside the United States of 
America and in transit to the premises of the Borrower or such Guarantor or the 
premises of a Customs Broker in the United States of America to be issued in a 
form so as to constitute negotiable documents as such term is defined in the 
Uniform Commercial Code; (f) Inventory that is subject to any licensing, patent, 
royalty, trademark, trade name or copyright agreement with any third party from 
whom the Borrower or any Guarantor has received notice of a dispute in respect 
of any such agreement or with respect to which the Administrative Agent has not 
obtained a Collateral Access Agreement, duly authorized, executed and delivered 
by such third party and (g) except as expressly provided in clause (e) above with 
respect to Inventory in transit and except for Eligible Work in Process Inventory 
of the Additional Guarantor located in Puerto Rico, Inventory which is not 
located on the Borrower’s or a Guarantor’s owned or leased premises in the 
United States of America. 

(h) 

Grid Effectiveness Date.  Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby 

amended by deleting the definition of “Grid Effectiveness Date” in its entirety. 

(i) 

Interest Coverage Ratio.  Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby 

amended by deleting the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio” in its entirety. 

(j) 

Leverage  Ratio.    Section  1.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 

amended by deleting the definition of “Leverage Ratio” in its entirety. 

(k) 

LIBO Rate.  Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by 

deleting the definition of “LIBO Rate” in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: 

“LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, 

for any Interest Period applicable thereto, the greater of (a) one and three-
quarters percent (1.75%) and (b) a rate of interest per annum, as determined by 

- 8 - 

 
 
 
the Administrative Agent, equal to the rate for deposits in dollars for a period 
comparable to such Interest Period which appears on the Reuters Page LIBOR01 
(or such other page as may replace LIBOR01 on the Reuters Monitor Money 
Rates Service for the purpose of displaying such rates or such other service as 
may be nominated by the British Bankers Association, for the purpose of 
displaying London interbank offered rates for dollar deposits) as of 11:00 a.m., 
London time, on the day that is two Business Days prior to the first day of such 
Interest Period.  If such rate does not appear on Reuters Page LIBOR01 (or such 
other replacement page), LIBO Rate shall be the rate per annum (rounded, if 
necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point) at which 
deposits in dollars are offered by four major banks in the London interbank 
market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the day that is two 
Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period to prime banks in the 
London interbank market for a period of one month commencing on the first day 
of such Interest Period in an amount comparable to the principal amount of such 
Eurodollar Borrowing.  The Administrative Agent will request the principal 
London office of each such bank to provide a quotation of its rate.  If at least two 
such quotations are provided as requested, the rate for such Interest Period shall 
be the arithmetic mean of the quotations.  If fewer than two quotations are 
provided as requested, the rate for such Interest Period shall be the arithmetic 
mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the 
Administrative Agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the 
date that is two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for 
loans in dollars to leading European banks for a period of one month 
commencing on the first day of such Interest Period in an amount comparable to 
such Eurodollar Borrowing.  In the event that the Administrative Agent is unable 
to obtain any such quotation as provided above, it shall be deemed that LIBO 
Rate pursuant to a Eurodollar Borrowing cannot be determined. 

(l) 

Permitted  Acquisition.    Section  1.01  of  the Credit Agreement is hereby 
amended  by  deleting  the  definition  of  “Permitted  Acquisition”  in  its  entirety  and  the  following 
substituted therefor:  

“Permitted Acquisition” means the purchase, holding or 

acquisition of (including pursuant to any merger) any Capital Stock, evidences of 
indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to 
acquire any of the foregoing) of any other Person, or the purchase or acquisition 
of (in one transaction or a series of transactions (including pursuant to any 
merger)) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit (each an 
“acquisition”), provided that, (a) at the time thereof and immediately after giving 
effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) the aggregate 
amount of consideration paid, and Indebtedness assumed, by the Borrower and 
the Subsidiaries in connection with all such acquisitions made during the period 
from and after the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date shall not exceed $5,000,000, 
(c) such Person or business unit, as the case may be, is in substantially the same 
business as the Borrower, (d) the Managing Person of such Person shall have 
approved or recommend such acquisition, (e) the Borrower shall have complied 
with the provisions of Section 6.11 with respect to such Person or assets and (f) 

- 9 - 

 
 
 
 
before and immediately after giving effect to such acquisition (i) the Fixed 
Charge Coverage Ratio shall be not less than 1.50:1 and (ii) Excess Availability 
shall be not less than $50,000,000. 

(m)  Obligations.  Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by 
deleting the phrase “unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the Lenders,” in clause (c) of the 
definition of “Obligations” and adding a new clause (d) thereto to read in its entirety as follows: 

and (d) all Banking Services Obligations.  

(n) 

Revolving  Maturity  Date.      Section  1.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is 
hereby  amended  by  deleting  the  definition  of  “Revolving  Maturity  Date”  in  its  entirety  and  the 
following substituted therefor: 

“Revolving Maturity Date” means January 31, 2011. 

(o) 

Swing  Line  Commitment.    Section  1.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is 
hereby  amended  by  deleting  the  reference  to  “$0.00”  in  the  definition  of  “Swing  Line 
Commitment” and substituting “$5,000,000” therefor. 

(p) 

Telerate  Page  3750.    Section  1.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 

amended by deleting the definition of “Telerate Page 3750” in its entirety. 

(q) 

Commitments.  Section 2.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended 

by deleting the first sentence thereof in its entirety and the substituting the following therefor: 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender having a 
Revolving Commitment agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower from 
time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount up 
to an amount that will not result in such Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding 
such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided that no Lender shall be 
permitted or required to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in excess of an 
aggregate principal amount equal to (i) the lesser of (A) an amount that will not 
result in such Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving 
Commitment and (B) such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Borrowing 
Base Amount minus (ii) such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of any Reserves. 

(r) 

Swing  Line  Loans.    Section  2.05(a)  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 

amended by deleting the proviso thereto in its entirety and substituting the following therefor: 

provided that (i) immediately after making each Swing Line Loan, (A) the 
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Swing Line Loans will not exceed 
the Swing Line Commitment and (B) the Aggregate Revolving Exposure will not 
exceed (I) the lesser of (x) the Aggregate Revolving Commitment and (y) the 
Borrowing Base Amount minus (II) any Reserves, (ii) prior thereto or 
simultaneously therewith the Borrower shall have borrowed Revolving Loans, 
(iii) no Lender shall be in default of its obligations under this Agreement and (iv) 
no Credit Party shall have notified the Swing Line Lender and the Borrower in 
writing at least one Business Day prior to the Borrowing Date with respect to 

- 10 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
such Swing Line Loan, that the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 have not been 
satisfied and such conditions remain unsatisfied as of the requested time of the 
making such Swing Line Loan. 

(s) 

Prepayment  of  Loans.    Section  2.08  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 

amended by adding a new Section 2.08(g) thereto to read in its entirety as follows: 

(g)  Immediately upon receipt of the proceeds of the Tax Refund, 

the Borrower shall prepay Revolving Borrowings in an amount equal to the 
amount of the Tax Refund actually received by the Borrower by depositing such 
proceeds in a Blocked Account. 

(t) 

Payments  Generally;  Pro  Rata  Treatment;  Sharing  of  Setoff.    Section 
2.09  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby  amended  by  adding  new  Sections  2.09(f),  2.09(g)  and 
2.09(h) thereto to read in their entirety as follows: 

(f) 

Notwithstanding anything in the contrary in Section 

2.09(b) or in the Security Agreement, any proceeds of Collateral received by the 
Administrative Agent (i) not constituting either (A) a specific payment of 
principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under the Loan Documents (which 
shall be applied as specified by the Borrower), (B) a mandatory prepayment 
(which shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.08) or (C) amounts to be 
applied from the Blocked Accounts (which shall be applied in accordance with 
Section 2.16) or (ii) after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and 
the Administrative Agent so elects or the Required Lenders so direct, such funds 
shall be applied ratably first, to pay any fees, indemnities, or expense 
reimbursements including amounts then due to the Administrative Agent and the 
Issuer from the Borrower (other than in connection with Banking Services or 
Hedging Agreements), second, to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then 
due to the Lenders from the Borrower (other than in connection with Banking 
Services or Hedging Agreements), third, to pay interest then due and payable on 
the Loans ratably, fourth, to prepay principal on the Loans and unreimbursed 
Reimbursement Obligations ratably, fifth, to pay an amount to the Administrative 
Agent equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the aggregate undrawn face 
amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and the aggregate amount of any 
unpaid Letter of Credit Exposure, to be held as cash collateral pursuant to Section 
2.12, sixth, to payment of any amounts owing with respect to Banking Services 
and Hedging Agreements, and seventh, to the payment of any other Obligation 
due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by the Borrower.  
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless so 
directed by the Borrower, or unless a Default is in existence, neither the 
Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall apply any payment which it receives 
to any Eurodollar Loan, except (x) on the expiration date of the Interest Period 
applicable to any such Eurodollar Loan or (y) in the event, and only to the extent, 
that there are no outstanding ABR Loans and, in any such event, the Borrower 
shall pay the break funding payment required in accordance with Section 3.06. 
The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have the continuing and 

- 11 - 

 
 
 
 
 
exclusive right to apply and reverse and reapply any and all such proceeds and 
payments to any portion of the Obligations. 

(g)  The Administrative Agent shall maintain, in accordance with 
its customary procedures, a loan account (the “Borrower’s Account”) in the name 
of the Borrower in which shall be recorded the date and amount of each 
Extension of Credit made by the Lenders and the date and amount of each 
payment in respect thereof; provided that the failure by the Administrative Agent 
to record the date and amount of any Extension of Credit shall not adversely 
affect the obligations of the Borrower to repay the Extensions of Credit in 
accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Each month, the Administrative 
Agent shall send to the Borrower a statement showing the accounting for the 
Extensions of Credit made, payments made or credited in respect thereof, and 
other transactions between the Lenders and the Borrower during such month.  
The monthly statements shall be deemed correct and binding upon the Borrower 
in the absence of manifest error and shall constitute an account stated between 
the Lenders and the Borrower unless the Administrative Agent receives a written 
statement of the Borrower’s specific exceptions thereto within thirty (30) days 
after such statement is received by the Borrower.  The records of the 
Administrative Agent with respect to the loan account shall be conclusive 
evidence absent manifest error of the amounts of Extensions of Credit and other 
charges thereto and of payments applicable thereto. 

(h)  The Borrower recognizes that the amounts evidenced by 

checks, notes, drafts or any other items of payment relating to and/or proceeds of 
Collateral may not be collectible by the Administrative Agent on the date 
received.  In consideration of the Administrative Agent’s agreement to 
conditionally credit the Borrower’s Account as of the Business Day on which the 
Administrative Agent receives those items of payment, the Borrower agrees that, 
in computing the charges under this Agreement, all items of payment shall be 
deemed applied by the Administrative Agent on account of the Obligations on (i) 
the Business Day the Administrative Agent receives such payments via wire 
transfer or electronic depository check or (ii) in the case of payments received by 
the Administrative Agent in any other form, the Business Day such payment 
constitutes good funds in the Administrative Agent’s account.  The 
Administrative Agent shall not, however, be required to credit the Borrower’s 
Account for the amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to the 
Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent may charge the Borrower’s 
Account for the amount of any item of payment which is returned to the 
Administrative Agent unpaid. 

(u) 

Optional  Increase  in  Commitments.    Section  2.10  of  the  Credit 

Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and [Intentionally Deleted] substituted therefor. 

(v) 

Letters  of  Credit.    The  first  sentence  of  Section  2.11(a)  of  the  Credit 

Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: 

- 12 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The Borrower may request the Issuer to issue letters of credit (the “Letters of 
Credit”; each, individually, a “Letter of Credit”) during the period from the 
Effective Date to the thirtieth Business Day prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, 
provided that immediately after the issuance of each Letter of Credit (i) the Letter 
of Credit Exposure of all Lenders would not exceed the Letter of Credit 
Commitment, (ii) the Letter of Credit Exposure of all Lenders with respect to (A) 
trade or commercial documentary Letters of Credit shall not exceed $20,000,000 
and (B) standby Letters of Credit shall not exceed $10,000,000 and (iii) the 
Aggregate Revolving Exposure would not exceed (A) the lesser of (x) the 
Aggregate Revolving Commitment and (y) the Borrowing Base Amount minus 
(B) any Reserves. 

(w)  Manner  of  Borrowing  and  Payment;  Defaulting  Lender;  Certain 
Provisions Concerning the Collateral.  Article 2 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by 
adding new Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 thereto to read in their entirety as follows: 

Section 2.14  Manner of Borrowing and Payment 

(a) 

(i)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in 

Section 2.04(a), 2.05 or 2.09(b), commencing with the first Business Day 
following the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, each Revolving Borrowing shall 
first be advanced by the Swing Line Lender as a Swing Line Loan and each 
payment by the Borrower on account of Revolving Loans shall be applied first to 
Swing Line Loans advanced by the Swing Line Lender.  On or before 1:00 p.m. 
(New York time) on each Settlement Date commencing with the first Settlement 
Date following the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, the Administrative Agent 
and the Lenders shall make certain payments as follows: (A) if the aggregate 
amount of new Swing Line Loans made during the preceding Week (if any) 
exceeds the aggregate amount of repayments applied to outstanding Swing Line 
Loan and Revolving Loans during such preceding Week, then each Lender shall 
provide the Administrative Agent with funds in an amount equal to its applicable 
Commitment Percentage of the difference between (I) such new Swing Line 
Loans and (II) such repayments, which funds shall be deemed to be proceeds of 
Revolving Loans made by the Lenders (regardless of whether the conditions set 
forth in Section 5.02 have been satisfied) and (B) if the aggregate amount of 
repayments applied to outstanding Swing Line Loans during such Week exceeds 
the aggregate amount of new Swing Line Loans made during such Week, then 
the Administrative Agent shall provide each Lender with funds in an amount 
equal to its applicable Commitment Percentage of the difference between (I) such 
repayments and (II) such Swing Line Loans. 

(ii)  Each Lender shall be entitled to earn interest at the 

applicable interest rate on outstanding Revolving Loans which it has funded. 

(iii)  Promptly following each Settlement Date, the 

Administrative Agent shall submit to each Lender a certificate with respect to 
payments received and Swing Line Loans made during the Week immediately 

- 13 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
preceding such Settlement Date.  Such certificate of the Administrative Agent 
shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. 

(b)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified 

by telephone, confirmed in writing, by any Lender that such Lender will not 
make the amount which would constitute its applicable Commitment Percentage 
of the Revolving Loans available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative 
Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) assume that such Lender shall make 
such amount available to the Administrative Agent on the next Settlement Date 
and, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a 
corresponding amount.  The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the 
Borrower of its receipt of any such notice from a Lender.  If such amount is made 
available to the Administrative Agent on a date after such next Settlement Date, 
such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand an amount equal 
to the product of (i) the daily average Federal Funds Rate (computed on the basis 
of a year of 360 days) during such period as quoted by the Administrative Agent, 
times (ii) such amount, times (iii) the number of days from and including such 
Settlement Date to the date on which such amount becomes immediately 
available to the Administrative Agent.  A certificate of the Administrative Agent 
submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 
2.14(b) shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error.  If such amount is 
not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within 
three (3) Business Days after such Settlement Date, the Administrative Agent 
shall be entitled to recover such an amount, with interest thereon at the rate per 
annum then applicable to such Revolving Loans hereunder, on demand from the 
Borrower; provided that the Administrative Agent’s right to such recovery shall 
not prejudice or otherwise adversely affect the Borrower’s rights (if any) against 
such Lender. 

(c)  Any sums expended by the Administrative Agent or any 
Lender due to the Borrower’s failure to perform or comply with its obligations 
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document including, without limitation, 
the Borrower’s obligations under Sections 2.16, 6.04, 6.06(b) or 6.10, may be 
charged to the Borrower’s Account as a Revolving Loan maintained as an ABR 
Loan and added to the Obligations 

Section 2.15  Defaulting Lender 

(a)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, 

in the event any Lender (i) has failed or refused (which failure or refusal 
constitutes a breach by such Lender of its obligations under this Agreement) to 
make available its portion of any Extension of Credit or (ii) notifies either the 
Administrative Agent or the Borrower that it does not intend to make available 
its portion of any Extension of Credit (if the actual refusal would constitute a 
breach by such Lender of its obligations under this Agreement) (each, a “Lender 
Default”), all rights and obligations hereunder of such Lender (a “Defaulting 
Lender”) as to which a Lender Default is in effect and of the other parties hereto 

- 14 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shall be modified to the extent of the express provisions of this Section 2.15 
while such Lender Default remains in effect. 

(b) 

Extensions of Credit shall be incurred pro rata from 

Lenders (the “Non-Defaulting Lenders”) which are not Defaulting Lenders based 
on their respective Commitment Percentages, and no Commitment Percentage of 
any Lender or any pro rata share of any Extension of Credit required to be 
advanced by any Lender shall be increased as a result of such Lender Default.  
Amounts received in respect of principal of any type of Extension of Credit shall 
be applied to reduce the applicable Extensions of Credit of each Lender (other 
than any Defaulting Lender) pro rata based on the aggregate of the outstanding 
Extensions of Credit of that type of all Lenders at the time of such application; 
provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to transfer to a 
Defaulting Lender any payments received by the Administrative Agent for the 
Defaulting Lender’s benefit, nor shall a Defaulting Lender be entitled to the 
sharing of any payments hereunder (including any principal, interest or fees).  
Any amount payable to a Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of 
principal, interest, fees or otherwise) shall, in lieu of being distributed to such 
Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated 
account and, subject to any applicable requirements of law, be applied at such 
time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i) first, to the 
payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative 
Agent hereunder, (ii) second, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing by 
such Defaulting Lender to the Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder, (iii) third, 
if so determined by the Administrative Agent or requested by an Issuer or Swing 
Line Lender, to be held in such account as cash collateral for future funding 
obligations of the Defaulting Lender of any participating interest in any Swing 
Line Loan or Letter of Credit, (iv) fourth, to the funding of any Loan in respect 
of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required 
by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (v) fifth, if so 
determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, held in such account 
as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender of any 
Loans under this Agreement, (vi) sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to 
the Lenders or the Issuer or the Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of 
a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender or the Issuer or the 
Swing Line Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting 
Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement, (vii) seventh, to the 
payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a 
court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting 
Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this 
Agreement, and (viii) eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed 
by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is (x) a 
prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans or reimbursement obligations 
in respect of Reimbursement Obligations for which a Defaulting Lender has 
funded its participation obligations and (y) made at a time when the conditions 
set forth in Section 5.02 are satisfied, such payment shall be applied solely to 
prepay the Loans of, and reimbursement obligations owed to, all non-Defaulting 

- 15 - 

 
 
 
 
Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the prepayment of any Loans, or 
reimbursement obligations owed to, any Defaulting Lender. 

(c)  A Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to give 

instructions to the Administrative Agent or to approve, disapprove, consent to or 
vote on any matters relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  
All amendments, waivers and other modifications of this Agreement and the 
other Loan Documents may be made without regard to a Defaulting Lender and, 
for purposes of the definition of “Required Lenders” and “Super-Majority 
Lenders”, a Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender and not to 
have either Extension of Credit outstanding or a Commitment Percentage. 

(d)  Other than as expressly set forth in this Section 2.15, the 

rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender (including the obligation to 
indemnify the Administrative Agent) and the other parties hereto shall remain 
unchanged.  Without limiting the foregoing, the existence of a Defaulting Lender 
shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties to the 
Non-Defaulting Lenders, the Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or others under this 
Agreement or the other Loan Documents.  Nothing in this Section 2.15 shall be 
deemed to release any Defaulting Lender from its obligations under this 
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, shall alter such obligations, shall 
operate as a waiver of any default by such Defaulting Lender hereunder, or shall 
prejudice any rights which the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuer or 
any Lender may have against any Defaulting Lender as a result of any default by 
such Defaulting Lender hereunder. 

(e) 

In the event a Defaulting Lender retroactively cures to the 

satisfaction of the Administrative Agent the breach which caused a Lender to 
become a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender shall no longer be a 
Defaulting Lender and shall be treated as a Lender under this Agreement. 

Section 2.16  Certain Provisions Concerning the Collateral 

(a)  The Borrower shall establish and maintain, at its expense, 

block accounts or lockbox and related blocked accounts (collectively, the 
“Blocked Accounts”) as the Co-Collateral Agents may require with the Blocked 
Account Bank or such other bank or banks as may be selected by the Borrower 
and be acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents into which the Borrower shall 
immediately deposit all payments on Accounts Receivable and all payments 
constituting proceeds of Inventory or other Collateral received by it in the 
identical form in which such payments were made, whether by cash, check or 
other manner.  The Borrower shall instruct each of its account debtors to remit all 
payments with respect to Accounts Receivable to the Blocked Accounts.  The 
Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Blocked Account Bank shall enter 
into an agreement in form and substance acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents 
directing the Blocked Account Bank to transfer such funds so deposited to the 
Administrative Agent, either to any account maintained by the Administrative 
Agent at the Blocked Account Bank or by wire transfer to appropriate account(s) 

- 16 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of the Administrative Agent for application to the Obligations in accordance with 
Section 2.09(b).  All funds deposited in a Blocked Account shall immediately 
become the property of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall obtain 
the agreement by the Blocked Account Bank to waive any offset rights against 
the funds so deposited.  None of the Administrative Agent, any Co-Collateral 
Agent or any Lender assumes any responsibility for any Blocked Account 
arrangement, including without limitation, any claim of accord and satisfaction or 
release with respect to deposits accepted by any bank thereunder. 

(b)  Each Loan Party will, at such Loan Party’s sole cost and 

expense, but on the Administrative Agent’s behalf and for the Administrative 
Agent’s account, collect as the Administrative Agent’s property and in trust for 
the Administrative Agent all amounts received by it on Accounts Receivable or 
any other Collateral, and shall not commingle such collections with such Loan 
Party’s funds or use the same except to deliver to the Administrative Agent, or 
deposit in a Blocked Account, in original form and on the date of receipt thereof, 
all checks, drafts, notes, money orders, acceptances, cash and other evidences of 
Indebtedness. 

(c)  The Administrative Agent shall, following the occurrence 
and during the continuation of an Event of Default, have the right to send notice 
of the assignment of, and the Administrative Agent’s security interest in, the 
Accounts Receivable to any and all account debtors thereon or any third party 
holding or otherwise concerned with any of the Collateral.  The Administrative 
Agent shall have the sole right to collect the Accounts Receivable, take 
possession of the Collateral, or both.  The Administrative Agent’s actual 
collection expenses, including, but not limited to, stationery and postage, 
telephone and telecopy, secretarial and clerical expenses and the salaries of any 
collection personnel used for collection, may be charged to the Borrower’ 
Account and added to the Obligations. 

(d)  The Administrative Agent shall have the right to receive, 

endorse, assign and/or deliver in the name of the Administrative Agent or any 
Loan Party any and all checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of 
money relating to the Accounts Receivable, and each Loan Party hereby waives 
notice of presentment, protest and non-payment of any instrument so endorsed.  
Each Loan Party hereby constitutes the Administrative Agent or the 
Administrative Agent’s designee as such Loan Party’s attorney with power (i) at 
all times: (A) to endorse such Loan Party’s name upon any notes, acceptances, 
checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment or Collateral; (B) to 
sign such Loan Party’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of 
the Accounts Receivable, drafts against account debtors, assignments and 
verifications of Accounts Receivable; (C) to send verifications of Accounts 
Receivable to any account debtor; and (D) to sign such Loan Party’s name on all 
financing statements or any other documents or instruments deemed necessary or 
appropriate by the Administrative Agent to preserve, protect, or perfect the 
Administrative Agent’s interest in the Collateral and to file same; and (ii) 
following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default: (A) 

- 17 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
to demand payment of the Accounts Receivable; (B) to enforce payment of the 
Accounts Receivable by legal proceedings or otherwise; (C) to exercise all of 
such Loan Party’s rights and remedies with respect to the collection of the 
Accounts Receivable and any other Collateral; (D) to settle, adjust, compromise, 
extend or renew the Accounts Receivable; (E) to settle, adjust or compromise any 
legal proceedings brought to collect Accounts Receivable; (F) to prepare, file and 
sign such Loan Party’s name on a proof of claim in bankruptcy or similar 
document against any account debtor; (G) to prepare, file and sign such Loan 
Party’s name on any notice of Lien, assignment or satisfaction of Lien or similar 
document in connection with the Accounts Receivable; and (H) to do all other 
acts and things necessary to carry out this Agreement.  All acts of said attorney or 
designee are hereby ratified and approved, and said attorney or designee shall not 
be liable for any acts of omission or commission nor for any error of judgment or 
mistake of fact or of law, unless done maliciously or with gross negligence (as 
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable 
judgment); this power being coupled with an interest is irrevocable while any of 
the Obligations remain unpaid.  The Co-Collateral Agents shall (following the 
occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default) have the right at 
any time to change the address for delivery of mail addressed to any Loan Party 
to such address as the Co-Collateral Agents may designate and to receive, open 
and dispose of all mail addressed to such Loan Party.  The Administrative Agent 
shall provide the Borrower with prompt notice of any action taken pursuant to 
this Section 2.16(c); provided that failure to give such notice shall not affect the 
validity of such action. 

(e)  None of the Administrative Agent, any Co-Collateral 

Agent or any Lender shall, under any circumstances or in any event whatsoever, 
have any liability for any error or omission or delay of any kind occurring in the 
settlement, collection or payment of any of the Accounts Receivable or any 
instrument received in payment thereof, or for any damage resulting therefrom.  
Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the 
Administrative Agent may, without notice or consent from any Loan Party, sue 
upon or otherwise collect, extend the time of payment of, compromise or settle 
for cash, credit or upon any terms any of the Accounts Receivable or any other 
securities, instruments or insurance applicable thereto and/or release any obligor 
thereof.  The Administrative Agent is authorized and empowered to accept the 
return of the goods represented by any of the Accounts Receivable, without 
notice to or consent by the Borrower, all without discharging or in any way 
affecting any Loan Party’s liability hereunder. 

(f)  No Loan Party will, without the Administrative Agent’s 
consent, compromise or adjust any Accounts Receivable (or extend the time for 
payment thereof) or accept any returns of merchandise or grant any additional 
discounts, allowances or credits thereon except for those compromises, 
adjustments, returns, discounts, credits and allowances as have been heretofore 
customary in the business of such Loan Party. 

- 18 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
(x) 

Interest.  Section 3.01(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its 

entirety and the following substituted therefor: 

(c) 

Swing Line Loans shall, in each case, bear interest at the 

Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin. 

(y) 

Fees.    Section  3.03(b)  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby  amended  by 

deleting the reference to “1.00%” in clause (i) thereof and substituting the following therefor: 

the Eurodollar Margin, in each case on the maximum amount available under any 
contingency to be drawn under such Letter of Credit 

(z) 

Financial Statements and Other Information.  

Clause  (b)  of  Section  6.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 
amended by renumbering the existing clause (b) as clause (b)(i) and adding a new clause (b)(ii) to 
Section 6.01 to read in its entirety as follows: 

(i) 

(ii)  with respect to (A) the months of March, June and 

September, within 40 days after the end of each such monthly period of each 
fiscal year, (B) the month of December, within 45 days after the end of such 
monthly period of each fiscal year and (C) each other month, within 30 days after 
the end of each such monthly period of each fiscal year, beginning with the 
monthly period ending March 31, 2009, the Consolidated balance sheets and 
related statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries 
as of the end of and for month and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, 
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding 
month, and period or periods, of the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of 
its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial 
condition and results of operations of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a 
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to 
normal year-end audit adjustments; 

deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: 

(ii) 

Clause  (c)  of  Section  6.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 

(c)  (i) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements 

under clauses (a), (b)(i) or (b)(ii) of this Section 6.01, a certificate of a Financial 
Officer of the Borrower (A) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, 
if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or 
proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (B) stating whether any change in 
GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the financial 
statements referred to in Section 4.04(a) and, if any such change has occurred, 
specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying 
such certificate and (ii) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements 
under clauses (a) or (b)(i) of this Section 6.01, a certificate of a Financial Officer 
of the Borrower setting forth (A) reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating 

- 19 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
compliance with Sections 7.15, 7.18, 7.19, 7.20, 7.21 and 7.22 and (B) any 
change in the Guarantors as of the date of such certificate; 

deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: 

(iii)  Clause  (g)  of  Section  6.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 

(g) within twenty (20) days after the last day of each month, a 

Borrowing Base Certificate, duly completed and setting forth in reasonable detail 
the calculations required thereby, as of such last day, together with a completed 
aged schedule of Accounts Receivable as of such last day and an Inventory 
summary prepared on a basis similar to exhibit G of the Inventory & Valuation 
report dated March 3, 2009 issued by Gordon Brothers Group (but setting forth 
dollar amounts for each category set forth in such exhibit)  tying to the 
Borrowing Base Amount as of the such last day; 

Section  6.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby  amended  by 
adding the following new clauses (h), (i), (j) (k) and (l) thereto to read in their entirety as follows: 

(iv) 

(h)  not later than Tuesday of each week, a Borrowing Base 

Certificate as of the last Business Day of the immediately preceding week, duly 
completed and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations required thereby, 
which calculations of the Borrowing Base Amount as of such last Business Day 
of the immediately preceding week shall be based on (A) aged Accounts 
Receivable and an Inventory summary prepared on a basis similar to exhibit G of 
the Inventory & Valuation report dated March 3, 2009 issued by Gordon 
Brothers Group (but setting forth dollar amounts for each category set forth in 
such exhibit) as of such last Business Day of the immediately preceding week 
and shall exclude therefrom Accounts Receivable and Inventory excluded in the 
determination of Eligible Receivables and Eligible Inventory in the calculation of 
the Borrowing Base Amount pursuant to the most recent monthly Borrowing 
Base Certificate delivered pursuant to clause (g) above and (B) outstanding 
Loans and Letters of Credit as of such last Business Day of the immediately 
preceding week; 

(i)  not later than 15 days after the first day of each fiscal year, 

written monthly projections for such fiscal year, including revenues and expenses 
projected to be attributable to the Borrower during such fiscal year and projected 
Adjusted Excess Availability and Excess Availability during such fiscal year, all 
in reasonable detail, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and 
certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as the Borrower’s good faith 
projections of the matters contained therein (it being understood that such 
projections represent good faith estimates of performance of the Borrower and its 
Subsidiaries for the periods stated therein based on assumptions believed in good 
faith to be reasonable when made and as of the date thereof and such projections 
are estimates for which actual results may vary materially from those contained 
in the projections);  

- 20 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(j)  on the first Business Day of each week, written projections 

of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the succeeding thirteen 
(13) week period commencing on such Business Day, all in reasonable detail, 
including projections of Excess Availability for each week in such thirteen week 
period, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and certified by a 
Financial Officer of the Borrower as the Borrower’s good faith projections of the 
matters contained therein (it being understood that such projections represent 
good faith estimates of performance of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the 
periods stated therein based on assumptions believed in good faith to be 
reasonable when made and as of the date thereof and such projections are 
estimates for which actual results may vary materially from those contained in 
the projections);  

(k)  not later than 40 days after the Amendment No. 5 Effective 

Date, a report of the Consultants (which shall have been provided with 
unrestricted access to all facilities of the Loan Parties, all book and records of the 
Loan Parties and senior management and other key personnel of the Loan Parties 
as the Consultant may reasonably request in preparing such report), identifying 
high priority issues and making specific recommendations intended to improve 
the business efficiency, infrastructure and overall profitability of the Borrower 
and its Subsidiaries, and addressing organizational and personnel issues, with an 
assessment of the Borrower and its three year financial plan, including risks to 
projected revenue and profitability, problems and issues requiring prompt 
resolution, specific business recommendations to deal with current economic 
conditions, including, where appropriate, proposed timelines for completion and 
expected resource and capital requirements, and containing such other 
information reasonably required by the Co-Collateral Agents; and 

(l)  concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under 

clause (b)(ii) of this Section 6.01, a written discussion and analysis by 
management of the Borrower, in reasonable detail and in form satisfactory to the 
Administrative Agent, of the Borrower’s performance and operations during the 
immediately preceding month, including, without limitation, a comparison of 
actual performance for such month with the projected performance set forth in 
the projections most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent. 

(aa)  Notice  of  Material  Events.    Section  6.02  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is 
hereby amended by (i) deleting the word “and” at the end of clause (c), (ii) deleting the period at 
the end of clause (d) and substituting “; and” therefor and (iii) adding a new clause (e) to read in 
its entirety as follows: 

(e) promptly upon learning thereof, report to the Administrative 
Agent all matters materially affecting the value, enforceability or collectibility of 
any portion of the Collateral including, without limitation, any Loan Party’s 
reclamation or repossession of, or the return to any Loan Party of, a material 
amount of goods or claims or disputes asserted by any account debtor or other 
obligor. 

- 21 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(bb)  Books  and  Records;  Inspection  Rights.    Section  6.06(b)  of  the  Credit 

Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: 

(b) At  the  written  request  of  the  Administrative  Agent  or  the  Co-
Collateral Agents in their sole discretion, but no more frequently than (i)  two (2) times in 
each fiscal year with respect to field examinations and appraisals of Inventory and one (1) 
time  in  each  fiscal  year  with  respect  to  appraisals  of  Trademarks,  unless  an  Event  of 
Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such limitations shall not apply, the 
Borrower  shall,  and  shall  cause  each  of  the  Guarantors  to,  permit  the  Administrative 
Agent,  the  Co-Collateral  Agents  or  any  Related  Party  to  perform  such  appraisals  of 
Inventory  and  Trademarks  and  field  examinations,  Collateral  analysis  or  other  business 
analysis  or  audit  relating  to  the  Borrower  or  any  Guarantor  (each  a  “Monitoring”),  as 
applicable,  and  shall  in  connection  therewith  provide  the  Administrative  Agent  upon 
reasonable  advance  notice  (unless  an  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  which  is  then 
continuing)  with  access  during  normal  business  hours  to  the  Inventory  or  facilities,  as 
applicable, and all book and records of the Loan Parties required by the Administrative 
Agent  or  the  Co-Collateral  Agents  to  conduct  such  Monitoring  as  required  by  the 
Administrative  Agent  or  the  Co-Collateral  Agents  and  shall  in  connection  therewith 
provide  the  Administrative  Agent  and  the  Co-Collateral  Agents  with  access  during 
normal  business  hours  to  all  facilities  and  all  book  and  records  of  the  Loan  Parties 
required by the Administrative Agent or the Co-Collateral Agents to conduct each such 
Monitoring.  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, promptly after demand 
the 
therefor,  (i) all  reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs  and  expenses 
Administrative  Agent  or any Collateral Agent in connection with any such Monitoring, 
and (ii) in the event that such Monitoring is conducted by the Administrative Agent, the 
Co-Collateral  Agents  or  any  Related  Party,  the  reasonable  fees  charged  by  each  person 
employed in connection with such Monitoring. 

incurred  by 

(cc)  Books  and  Records;  Inspection  Rights.    Section  6.06  of  the  Credit 

Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 6.06(c) to read in its entirety as follows: 

(c) 

The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its 

Subsidiaries to, grant the Credit Parties unrestricted access to the Consultants on 
terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents during 
the term of the Consultants’ (or any successor’s) engagement. 

(dd) 

Investments,  Loans,  Advances,  Guarantees  and  Acquisitions.    Section 
7.04 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (i) thereof in its entirety and 
substituting the following therefor: 

(i) 

Permitted Acquisitions by the Borrower or any 

Subsidiary; provided that (i) the Borrower shall have delivered to the 
Administrative Agent and the Lenders not less than 10 Business Days prior to the 
consummation of any such Permitted Acquisition a certificate of a Financial 
Officer of the Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative 
Agent and the Required Lenders evidencing projected pro forma compliance with 
Sections 7.15, 7.18, 7.19, 7.20, 7.21 and 7.22 after giving effect to such 
Permitted Acquisition for the period from the date of such Permitted Acquisition 

- 22 - 

 
 
 
 
 
to the Revolving Maturity Date and (ii) the Required Lenders shall have 
consented in writing to such Permitted Acquisition; 

(ee)  Restricted  Payments.  Section  7.08  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 

deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: 

Section 7.08  Restricted Payments 

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the 

Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay for or make, directly or 
indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that (a) the Borrower may declare and 
pay dividends with respect to its equity securities payable (A) in additional 
shares of its equity securities or (B) commencing January 1, 2010, in cash ; 
provided that, (x) after giving effect to any such payment of dividends, the Fixed 
Charge Coverage Ratio, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such dividends had 
been made on the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the 
Borrower, shall not be less than 1.50:1, (y) immediately after giving effect to any 
such payment of dividends, Excess Availability shall be not less than 
$50,000,000,and (z) before and after giving effect to such dividends no Default 
shall exist or result therefrom and (b) any Subsidiary may declare and pay 
dividends to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary. 

(ff) 

Leverage Ratio. Section 7.12 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted 

in its entirety and [Intentionally deleted] substituted therefor. 

(gg) 

Interest Coverage Ratio. Section 7.13 of the Credit Agreement is hereby 

deleted in its entirety and [Intentionally deleted] substituted therefor. 

(hh) 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.  Section 7.15 of the Credit Agreement is 

hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: 

Section 7.15  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio 

The Borrower shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the 
last day of any fiscal quarter ending during any period in the table set forth below 
to be less than the ratio set forth opposite such period: 

Period 

Fixed Charge Coverage 
Ratio 

Fiscal Quarter Ending December 31, 2009 

Fiscal Quarter Ending March 31, 2010 and 
Each Fiscal Quarter Thereafter 

1.40:1.00 

1.50:1.00 

(ii)  Minimum Consolidated EBITDA.  Section 7.18 of the Credit Agreement 

is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: 

- 23 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.18  Consolidated EBITDA 

The Borrower shall not permit Consolidated EBITDA for any 
four consecutive fiscal quarter period ending during any period in the table set 
forth below to be less than the amount set forth opposite such period: 

Period 

Consolidated EBITDA 

Fiscal Quarter Ending March 31, 2010 

Fiscal Quarter Ending June 30, 2010 

Fiscal Quarter Ending September 30, 2010 

Fiscal Quarter Ending December 31, 2010 

$28,000,000.00 

$30,000,000.00 

$32,200,000.00 

$33,800,000.00 

(jj)  Minimum  Adjusted  Excess  Availability.    Section  7.19  of  the  Credit 

Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor: 

Section  7.19  Minimum Adjusted Excess Availability 

The Borrower shall not permit the Adjusted Excess Availability 

at any time during any period in the table set forth below to be less than the 
amount set forth opposite such period: 

Fiscal Quarter Ending 

Fiscal Quarter Ending June 30, 2009 

Fiscal Quarter Ending September 30, 2009 

Fiscal Quarters Ending December 31, 2009 and 
March 31, 2010 

Fiscal Quarter Ending June 30, 2010 

Fiscal Quarter Ending September 30, 2010 and 
thereafter 

Minimum Adjusted 
Excess Availability 

$10,000,000.00 

$20,000,000.00 

$25,000,000.00 

$20,000,000.00 

$25,000,000.00 

(kk)  Capital  Expenditures;  Minimum  Year-to-Date  EBITDA;  Net  Sales.  
Article 7 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding new Sections 7.20, 7.21 and 7.22 
to read in their entirety as follows: 

Section  7.20  Capital Expenditures 

The Borrower shall not make or become obligated to make, and 

shall not permit its Subsidiaries to make or become obligated to make, Capital 
Expenditures (including the incurrence of any Capital Lease Obligations) in 
respect of any fiscal period in the table set forth below in an aggregate amount 
greater than the amount set forth opposite such fiscal period: 

- 24 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Period 

Capital Expenditures 

January 1, 2009 to and including March 31, 
2009 

January 1, 2009 to and including June 30, 2009 

January 1, 2009 to and including 
September 30, 2009 

January 1, 2009 to and including 
December 31, 2009 

January 1, 2010 to and including March 
31, 2010 

January 1, 2010 to and including June 30, 
2010 

January 1, 2010 to and including 
September 30, 2010 

January 1, 2010 to and including 
December 31, 2010 

$1,500,000.00 

$3,500,000.00 

$5,000,000.00 

$6,000,000.00 

$2,000,000.00 

$4,000,000.00 

$6,000,000.00 

$8,000,000.00 

Section 7.21  Minimum Year-to-Date EBITDA 

The Borrower shall not permit Consolidated EBITDA for any 
period in the table set forth below to be less than the amount set forth opposite 
such period: 

Period 

Consolidated EBITDA 

January 1, 2009 to and including 
March 31, 2009 

January 1, 2009 to and including 
April 30, 2009 

January 1, 2009 to and including 
May 31, 2009 

January 1, 2009 to and including 
June 30, 2009 

January 1, 2009 to and including 
July 31, 2009 

January 1, 2009 to and including 
August 30, 2009 

$(4,400,000.00) 

$(4,400,000.00) 

$(4,000,000.00) 

$(3,400,000.00) 

$(2,400,000.00) 

$2,500,000.00 

- 25 - 

 
 
 
 
 
Period 

Consolidated EBITDA 

January 1, 2009 to and including 
September 30, 2009 

January 1, 2009 to and including 
October 31, 2009 

January 1, 2009 to and including 
November 30, 2009 

January 1, 2009 to and including 
December 31, 2009 

Section  7.22  Net Sales 

$10,500,000.00 

$17,900,000.00 

$23,000,000.00 

$25,500,000.00 

The Borrower shall not permit net sales (as determined in 

accordance with GAAP consistently applied) for any fiscal quarter in the table set 
forth below to be less than the amount set forth opposite such fiscal quarter: 

Fiscal Quarter 

Fiscal Quarter Ending June 30, 2009 

Fiscal Quarter Ending September 30, 2009 

Fiscal Quarter Ending December 31, 2009 

Net Sales 

$80,288,000.00 

$114,810,000.00 

$ 116,937,000.00 

(ll) 

Events  of  Default.    Section  8.01  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby 
amended  by  (i)  deleting  the  reference  to  “30  days”  in  clause  (e)  thereof  and  substituting  “15 
Business  Days”  therefor  and  (ii)  deleting  the  reference  to  “60  consecutive  days”  in  clause  (k) 
thereof and substituting “30 consecutive days” therefor. 

(mm)  Agents.    Section  9.08  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby  deleted  in  its 

entirety and the following substituted therefor: 

 Section 9.08  Agents 

None of the banks or other Persons identified on the cover page 

of this Agreement, in the preamble to this Agreement or otherwise in this 
Agreement as a “collateral agent”, “syndication agent”, “documentation agent”, 
“lead arranger” or “joint lead arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, 
liability, responsibility or duty to any Person under this Agreement, any of the 
other Loan Documents or otherwise, other than HSBC Bank USA, National 
Association in its capacity as Administrative Agent and Co-Collateral Agent, 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as Co-Collateral Agent and each 
Lender in its capacity as a Lender.  Without limiting the foregoing, none of such 
banks or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any 

- 26 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fiduciary relationship with any other such bank or other Person but such banks or 
other Persons shall have the benefit of the provisions of Section 9.02. 

(nn)  Collateral Agents.  Article 9 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended 

by adding a new Section 9.09 to read in its entirety as follows: 

Section 9.09  Collateral Agents 

Each Credit Party hereby irrevocably appoints HSBC Bank 

USA, National Association and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as a collateral agent 
(in such capacity, each a “Collateral Agent” or a “Co-Collateral Agent” and 
collectively, the “Co-Collateral Agents”) and authorizes the Co-Collateral 
Agents to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are 
delegated to the Co-Collateral Agents by the terms hereof, together with such 
actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The banks or other 
Persons acting as Collateral Agent or Co-Collateral Agents shall have the benefit 
of the provisions of Sections 9.02, 9.03, 9.04, 9.05 and 9.07.  Subject to the 
appointment and acceptance of a successor Collateral Agent or Co-Collateral 
Agent as provided in this Section, a Collateral Agent may resign at any time by 
notifying the Credit Parties and the Borrower.  Upon any such resignation, the 
Administrative Agent shall have the right, with the approval of the Required 
Lenders, to appoint a successor.  If no successor shall have been so approved by 
the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days 
after the retiring Collateral Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the 
Administrative Agent shall perform the duties of such Collateral Agent.  After a 
Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article 9 and 
Section 10.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Collateral 
Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any 
actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as 
Collateral Agent. The actions of the Co-Collateral Agents shall be taken jointly; 
provided that, in the event the Co-Collateral Agents shall fail to agree within the 
time period required for such action (or, if no time period is specified herein, 
within a reasonable time in light of the circumstances, but in no event more than 
five (5) Business Days from the first determination that action is required), the 
more restrictive action proposed to be taken shall govern.   

(oo)  Notices.  Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by: 

(i)  deleting  the  phrase  “One  Merrick  Avenue,  Westbury,  New  York 
11590” in clause (a) thereof in its entirety and substituting “1000 Stewart Avenue, Garden City, 
New York  11530” therefor; 

(ii)  clause  (b)  thereof  in  its  entirety  and  substituting  the  following 

therefor: 

(b) 

if to the Administrative Agent, to it at: HSBC Bank 
USA, National Association, Agent Servicing Department, One HSBC Center, 
26th Floor, Buffalo, New York 14203, Attention of: Donna Riley (Telephone No. 
(716) 841-4178; Telecopy No. (716) 841-0269); with a copy to (i) HSBC Bank 

- 27 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
USA, National Association, 534 Broadhollow Road, Melville, New York 11747, 
Attention of:  Christopher J. Mendelsohn (Telephone No. (631) 752-4343; 
Telecopy No. (631) 752-4340) and to (ii) HSBC Business Credit (USA) Inc., 452 
Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, Attention of:  Thomas A. Getty, Jr. 
(Telephone No. (212) 525-5473; Telecopy No. (212) 525-2520); and 

clause (c) to read in its entirety as follows: 

(iii) renumbering  clause  (c)  thereof  as  clause  (d)  and  adding  a  new 

(c) 

if to the Co-Collateral Agents to each at: (i) HSBC 

Business Credit (USA) Inc., 452 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, 
Attention of:  Thomas A. Getty, Jr. (Telephone No. (212) 525-5473; Telecopy 
No. (212) 525-2520) and (ii) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 270 Park Avenue, 
44th Floor, Mail Code NY1-K854, New York, New York  10017-2014, Attention 
of:  Joseph A. Lisack (Telephone No. (212) 270-0280; Telecopy No. (646) 534-
2288). 

(pp)  Waivers;  Amendments.    Section  10.02(b)  of  the  Credit  Agreement  is 

hereby amended by: 

entirety as follows: 

(i) 

adding after clause (vii) thereof a new clause (viii) to read in its 

or (viii) change any of the provisions of the definition of “Super-Majority 
Lenders”, change any provision of Section 2.09(f) or increase the Aggregate 
Revolving Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender 

substituting the following therefor: 

(ii) 

deleting the further proviso at the end thereof in its entirety and 

and provided, further, that (x) no such agreement shall (1) change any provision 
of the definition of “Borrowing Base Amount” that would have the effect of 
adding additional categories of assets to the computation of the Borrowing Base 
Amount or increase any dollar amount set forth in the definition of “Borrowing 
Base Amount”, (2) increase any percentage set forth in the definition of 
“Borrowing Base Percentage”, (3) increase any percentage or amount set forth in 
the definition of “Trademark OLV Amount” or “Tax Refund Amount”, (4) change 
the definition of “Adjusted Excess Availability”, “Eligible Inventory”, “Eligible 
Receivables”, “Excess Availability” or any defined term used in any such 
definition or (5) change any provisions of Section 7.19, without the written 
consent of the Super-Majority Lenders and (y) no such agreement shall amend, 
modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the 
Swing Line Lender or the Issuer hereunder without the prior written consent of 
the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or the Issuer, as the case may 
be. 

(qq)  General.   

Notwithstanding  anything  herein  or  in  the  Credit  Agreement  to 
the contrary, the provisions of sections 5(a) and 5(b) of Forbearance Agreement and Amendment 
No. 4 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of February 12, 2009 among 

(i) 

- 28 - 

 
 
 
 
 
the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent, as amended, shall have no 
force or effect after the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date. 

All references to “this Agreement” in the Credit Agreement and 
to  “the  Credit  Agreement”  in  the  other  Loan  Documents  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  Credit 
Agreement as amended hereby. 

(ii) 

3. 

Conditions  to  Effectiveness.    This  Amendment  shall  be  effective  upon  the 

satisfaction of each of the following conditions: 

(a) 

The Administrative Agent shall have received an executed counterpart of 
this  Amendment  signed  by  the  Borrower,  the  Super-Majority  Lenders  and  the  Administrative 
Agent. 

(b) 

The Administrative Agent shall have received an executed counterpart of 

the acknowledgement and consent annexed hereto duly executed by each of the Guarantors. 

(c) 

The  Borrower  shall  have  paid  to  the  Administrative  Agent  for  the 
account  of  each  Lender  that  (i)  notified  the  Administrative  Agent  on  or  before  5:00  p.m.  on 
March  26,  2009  of  its  approval  of  the  amendments  to  the  Credit  Agreement  set  forth  in  this 
Amendment  and  (ii)  has  executed  this  Amendment,  a  fee  equal  to  0.625%  of  such  Lender’s 
Revolving Commitment as in effect on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date. 

(d) 

The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  a  certificate  from  an 
officer  of  the  Borrower  and  each  Guarantor  attaching  (i)  a  true  and  complete  copy  of  its 
Organizational  Documents,  (ii)  setting  forth  the  incumbency  of  its  officer  or  officers  or  other 
analogous counterpart who may sign the Loan Documents, including therein a signature specimen 
of  such  officer  or  officers  and  (iii)  attaching  a  certificate  of  good  standing  of  the  Secretary  of 
State of the jurisdiction of its formation and of each other jurisdiction in which it is qualified to 
do business. 

(e) 

The  Additional  Guarantor  shall  have  become  a  party  to  the  Guarantee 
Agreement  and  to  each  applicable  Security  Document  in  the  manner  provided  in  the    Credit 
Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement and such Security Documents. 

(f) 

The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  a  completed  Perfection 
Certificate,  dated  the  Amendment  No.  5  Effective  Date  and  signed  by  a  Vice  President  or  a 
Financial Officer of the Borrower, together with all attachments contemplated thereby. 

(g) 

The Administrative Agent shall have received a duly executed pro forma 

Borrowing Base Certificate as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date. 

(h) 

The  Borrower  shall  have  retained  Carl  Marks  &  Co.,  Inc.  or  another 
restructuring consultant reasonably acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents, and the Credit Parties 
shall  be  permitted  unrestricted  access  to  such  Consultants  on  terms  and  conditions  reasonably 
acceptable to the Co-Collateral Agents. 

(i) 

After giving effect to any Extensions of Credit made on the Amendment 
No.  5  Effective  Date,  the  Borrower  shall  have  Excess  Availability  of  not  less  than 
$30,000,000.00. 

- 29 - 

 
 
 
(j) 

The  representations  and  warranties  contained  in  the  Credit  Agreement 
shall  be  true  and  correct  in  all  material  respects  (except  to  the  extent  such  representations  and 
warranties  specifically  relate  to  an  earlier  date)  and,  after  giving  effect  to  the  amendments  set 
forth in Section 1 hereof, no Default or Event of Default shall exist. 

(k) 

The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts 
due  and  payable  on  or  prior  to  the  Amendment  No.  5  Effective  Date,  including,  to  the  extent 
invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or 
paid by the Borrower hereunder. 

(l) 

The Borrower shall have paid the reasonable fees and disbursements of 

counsel to the Administrative Agent in connection with this Amendment. 

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Credit Parties of the Amendment No. 
5 Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.   

4. 

Post Closing Covenants.   

(a) 

Not  later  than  30  days  after  the  Amendment  No.  5  Effective  Date,  the 
Borrower shall have instructed each of its account debtors to remit all payments with respect to 
Accounts Receivable to the Blocked Accounts. 

(b) 

Not  later  than  60  days  after  the  Amendment  No.  5  Effective  Date,  the 
Administrative Agent shall have received all Collateral Access Agreements, waivers and consents 
and intellectual property licensor consents or assignments required by and satisfactory to the Co-
Collateral Agents. 

(c) 

Not  later  than  60  days  after  the  Amendment  No.  5  Effective  Date,  the 
Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  certificates  of  the  Borrower  and  the  Additional 
Guarantor  attaching  a  true  and  complete  copy  of  the  resolutions  evidencing  all  necessary 
corporate action (in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) taken by (i) the 
Borrower  to  ratify  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Amendment  and  (ii)  the  Additional 
Guarantor to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which 
it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby. 

(d) 

Not  later  than  90  days  after  the  written  request  of  the  Co-Collateral 
Agents, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent one or more mortgages or deeds 
of trust and such other instruments, documents or agreements as reasonably requested by the Co-
Collateral  Agents,  each  in  form  and  substance  reasonable  satisfactory  to  the  Co-Collateral 
Agents, in order to grant a perfected Lien on the real property of the Borrower located at 362 -363 
River Street, Winchendon, Massachusetts. 

(e) 

Failure  by  the  Borrower  to  observe  or  perform  any  covenant  or 
agreement  contained  in  this  Section  4  shall  constitute  an  Event  of  Default  under  clause  (d)  of 
Section 8.01 of the Credit Agreement. 

5. 

Representations  and  Warranties.    The  Borrower  hereby  represents  and  warrants 

to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that: 

The  representations  and  warranties  set  forth  in  the  Loan  Documents 
(other than the representations and warranties made as of a specific date) are true and correct in 

(a) 

- 30 - 

 
 
 
 
all material respects as of the date hereof and with the same effect as though made on and as of 
the date hereof. 

(b) 

After  giving  effect  to  the  waivers  set  forth  on  Section  1  hereof  and  the 
amendments  set  forth  in  Section  2  hereof,  no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  and  no  event  or 
condition  which,  with  the  giving  of  notice  or  lapse  of  time  or  both,  would  constitute  such  a 
Default or Event of Default, now exists or would exist. 

(c) 

(i)    The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by  the  Borrower  of  this 
Amendment is within its organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary 
action (corporate or otherwise) on the part of the Borrower, (ii) this Amendment is the legal, valid 
and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its 
terms,  and  (iii)  neither  this  Amendment  nor  the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by  the 
Borrower  hereof:  (A)  contravenes  the  terms  of  the  Borrower’s  organization  documents,  (B) 
conflicts with or results in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, any 
document  evidencing  any  contractual  obligation  to  which  the  Borrower  is  a  party  or  any  order, 
injunction,  writ  or  decree  to  which  the  Borrower  or  its  property  is  subject,  or  (C)  violates  any 
requirement of law. 

6. 

Effect; No Waiver.   

(a) 

The  Borrower  hereby  (i)  reaffirms  and  admits  the  validity  and 
enforceability  of  the  Loan  Documents  and  all  of  its  obligations  thereunder  and  (ii)  agrees  and 
admits that it has no defenses to or offsets against any such obligation. Except as specifically set 
forth herein, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and 
effect  in  accordance  with  their  terms  and  are  hereby  ratified  and  confirmed.    Other  than  as 
expressly  set  forth  in  Section  1  hereof,  the  execution,  delivery  and  effectiveness  of  this 
Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any existing or future Default or Event of Default, 
whether  known  or  unknown  or  any  right,  power  or  remedy  of  the  Administrative  Agent  or  the 
Lenders  under  the  Credit  Agreement,  nor  constitute  a  waiver  of  any  provision  of  the  Credit 
Agreement, except as specifically set forth herein. 

(b) 

The  Borrower  hereby  (i)  reaffirms  all  of  its  agreements  and obligations 
under  the  Security  Documents,  (ii)  reaffirms  that  all  Obligations  of  the  Borrower  under  or  in 
connection  with  the  Credit  Agreement  as  amended  hereby  are  “Obligations”  as  that  term  is 
defined  in  the  Security  Documents  and  (iii)  reaffirms  that  all  such  Obligations  continue  to  be 
secured by the Security Documents, which remains in full force and effect and is hereby ratified 
and confirmed. 

7. 

Miscellaneous. 

(a) 

The  Borrower  shall  pay  the  Administrative  Agent  upon  demand  for  all 
reasonable  expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys’  fees  and  expenses  of  the  Administrative 
Agent, incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation and 
execution of this Amendment. 

(b) 

THIS  AMENDMENT  SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY,  AND 
CONSTRUED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  INTERNAL  LAWS  (AS  OPPOSED  TO  THE 
CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS, BUT INCLUDING SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF 
THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) AND DECISIONS 
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

- 31 - 

 
 
 
(c) 

This Amendment shall be binding upon the Borrower, the Administrative 
Agent and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit 
of  the  Borrower,  the  Administrative  Agent  and  the  Lenders  and  the  respective  successors  and 
assigns of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. 

(d) 

This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by 
different  parties  hereto  in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  original  and  all  of  which  taken  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the 
same instrument. 

[Signature pages follow.] 

- 32 - 

 
 
 
AS EVIDENCE of the agreement by the parties hereto to the terms and conditions herein 

contained, each such party has caused this Amendment to be executed on its behalf. 

LIFETIME BRANDS, INC. 

By: /s/ Laurence Winoker 

Laurence Winoker 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer 

LIFETIME BRANDS AMENDMENT NO. 5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
as  Administrative  Agent,  Co-Collateral  Agent,  Issuer 
and Lender 

By:/s/Thomas A. Getty Jr. 
Name: Thomas A. Getty Jr. 
Title:  Vice President 

LIFETIME BRANDS AMENDMENT NO. 5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 
as  Syndication  Agent,  Co-Collateral  Agent  and 
Lender 

By: /s/ Joseph A. Lisack 
Name: Joseph A. Lisack 
Title:Vice President 

LIFETIME BRANDS AMENDMENT NO. 5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CITIBANK, N.A., 
as Co-Documentation Agent and Lender 

By:_/s/Anthony J. Timpanaro 
Name: Anthony J. Timpanaro 
Title:Vice President 

LIFETIME BRANDS AMENDMENT NO. 5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
as Co-Documentation Agent and Lender 

                                                                 Title:Senior Vice President______ 

By:/s/ Edward Nallan 
Name:Edward P. Nallan, Jr. 

LIFETIME BRANDS AMENDMENT NO. 5 

 
 
 
 
 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CONSENT 

Each of the undersigned Guarantors hereby (1) consents to the execution and delivery by the 

Borrower of the foregoing Amendment No. 5; (2) confirms and agrees that it is a Guarantor party to the 
Guarantee Agreement and a Grantor party to the Security Agreement and that the Guarantee Agreement, 
the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party are, and shall continue to be, 
in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms, (3) agrees that the definition of 
“Obligations” (and any other term referring to the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the 
Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders) in the Guarantee Agreement and the other 
Loan Documents shall include the Indebtedness of the Borrower under the foregoing Amendment No. 5; 
(4) agrees that the definition of “Credit Agreement” in the Guarantee Agreement and the other Loan 
Documents to which it is a party is hereby amended to mean the Credit Agreement as modified by the 
foregoing Amendment No. 5; (5) reaffirms its continuing liability under its Guarantee Agreement (as 
modified hereby); (6) reaffirms all of its agreements and obligations under the Security Documents; 
(7) reaffirms that all Obligations of the Borrower under or in connection with the Credit Agreement as 
modified by the foregoing Amendment No. 5 are “Obligations” as that term is defined in the Security 
Documents; and (8) reaffirms that all such Obligations continue to be secured by the Security Documents, 
which remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.   

OUTLET RETAIL STORES, INC. 

By: /s/ Laurence Winoker 

Laurence Winoker 
Senior Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 

PFALTZGRAFF FACTORY STORES, INC. 

By: /s/ Laurence Winoker 

Laurence Winoker 
Senior Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 

SYRATECH ACQUISITION CORPORATION 
By: /s/ Laurence Winoker 

Laurence Winoker 
Senior Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 

                                                                        LTB DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V. 

By: /s/Laurence Winoker 

       Laurence Winoker 

                        Director 

                                                                        TMC ACQUISITION INC. 

                                                                         By: /s/ Laurence Winoker 

Laurence Winoker 

      Senior Vice President and 
       Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant     

Name of subsidiary 
Outlet Retail Stores, Inc. 

Pfaltzgraff Factory Stores, Inc. 

Syratech Acquisition Corp. 

TMC Acquisition Inc. 

Wallace Silversmiths de Puerto Rico Ltd. 

Lifetime Brands, Inc. (HK) Limited 

Exhibit 21.1 

State/Country of 
Incorporation 

  Ownership 

  Delaware 

  Delaware 

  Delaware 

  Delaware 

  Cayman Islands 

  Hong Kong 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

Lifetime Brands Global Sourcing (Shanghai) Consultancy Limited 

  China 

LTB de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. 

  Mexico 

99.99% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statements  on  Form S-8  (Nos.  333-
105382  and  333-146017)  and  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form S-3  (No.  333-137575)  of  Lifetime 
Brands,  Inc.  of  our  reports  dated  March  31,  2009,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
and schedule of Lifetime Brands, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of 
Lifetime Brands, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2008.  

Melville, New York 
March 31, 2009  

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Jeffrey Siegel, certify that: 

                  CERTIFICATION  

Exhibit 31.1 

1.  I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lifetime Brands, Inc. (“the registrant”); 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this Annual Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or 
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under 
which  such  statements  were  made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to  the  period  covered  by  this  Annual 
Report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this 
Annual Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Annual Report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officers  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-14 and internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)))  for  the 
registrant and have: 

a.  designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within 
those entities, particularly during the period in which this Annual Report is being prepared; 
b.  designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, 
as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d.  disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected or is 
reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting; 
and 

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officers  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of 
registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a.  all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:          March 31, 2009 

/s/ Jeffrey Siegel  
Jeffrey Siegel 
Chief Executive Officer and President    

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Laurence Winoker, certify that: 

                    CERTIFICATION 

Exhibit 31.2 

1.  I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lifetime Brands, Inc. (“the registrant”); 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this Annual Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or 
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under 
which  such  statements  were  made,  not  misleading  with  respect  to  the  period  covered  by  this  Annual 
Report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Annual 
Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows 
of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Annual Report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-14  and  internal  control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))) for the registrant and 
have: 

a.  designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this Annual Report is being prepared; 

b.  designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of 
the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d.  disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  that  has  materially  affected  or  is 
reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officers  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s 
Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a.  all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:        March 31, 2009 

/s/ Laurence Winoker 
Laurence Winoker 
Senior Vice President – Finance, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1 

Certification  by  Jeffrey  Siegel,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  President,  and  Laurence 
Winoker, Senior Vice President – Finance, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, Pursuant to 
18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  Adopted  Pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of 
2002. 

I,  Jeffrey  Siegel,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  President,  and  I,  Laurence  Winoker,  Senior  Vice 
President – Finance, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, of Lifetime Brands, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation (the “Company”), each hereby certifies that: 

(1) 

(2) 

The Company’s Annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2008 (the “Form 10-K”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and 

The  information  contained  in  the  Form  10-K  fairly  presents,  in  all  material 
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

/s/ Jeffrey Siegel                                                          /s/ Laurence Winoker        
Jeffrey Siegel 

Laurence Winoker 

      Chief Executive Officer and President                        Senior Vice President- Finance, Treasurer                                      
                                                                                           and Chief Financial Officer                                                             

Date: March 31, 2009 

             Date: March 31, 2009 

A  signed  original  of  this  written  statement  required  by  Section  1350  has  been  provided  to  Lifetime 
Brands,  Inc.  and  will  be  retained  by  Lifetime  Brands,  Inc.  and  furnished  to  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission or its staff, upon request. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                    Exhibit 99.1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Officers and Directors

Offices

cOrPOrate heaDQuarterS
1000	Stewart	Avenue
Garden	City,	NY	11530
(516)	683-6000

corporate information

cOrPOrate cOunSel
Samuel	B.	Fortenbaugh	III
New	York,	NY

inDePenDent auDitOrS
Ernst	&	Young	LLP
Melville,	NY

tranSFer agent & regiStrar
The	Bank	of	New	York	Mellon
101	Barclay	Street
New	York,	NY	10286

FOrM 10-K
Shareholders	may	obtain,	without	charge,
a	copy	of	the	Company’s	annual	report	on
Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2008
as	filed	with	the	Securities	and	Exchange	Commission.

Requests should be sent to:

inveStOr relatiOnS
Lifetime	Brands,	Inc.
1000	Stewart	Avenue
Garden	City,	NY	11530

annual Meeting
The	Annual	Meeting	of	Shareholders	will
be	held	at	10:30	a.m.	on	Thursday,	June	11,	2009,
at	the	Corporate	Headquarters.

JeFFrey Siegel
Chairman	of	the	Board	of	Directors
Chief	Executive	Officer	and	President

rOnalD ShiFtan
Vice	Chairman	of	the	Board	of	Directors	and
Chief	Operating	Officer

alan Kanter
Group	President	of	the	Flatware	and	Home	Décor 
Divisions	and	Executive	Vice	President

evan Miller
President	of	Sales	and	Executive	Vice	President

rObert reichenbach
President	of	the	Cutlery,	Cutting	Boards,
Bakeware	and	At-Home	Entertaining	Divisions
and	Executive	Vice	President

larry SKlute
President	of	the	Kitchenware	Division
and	Executive	Vice	President

craig PhilliPS
Senior	Vice	President	–	Distribution
Executive	Officer	and	Director

laurence WinOKer
Senior	Vice	President	–	Finance 
Treasurer	and	Chief	Financial	Officer

Sara ShinDel
General	Counsel	and	Secretary

DaviD DangOOr
Director

Michael Jeary
Director

JOhn KOegel
Director

ShelDOn MiSher
Director

cherrie nanninga
Director

WilliaM WeSterFielD
Director

Mikasa® Italian Countryside

Speed Prep, the One Handed Mandoline Slicer

Cuisinart® CA-X Series Chef Knife

Pedrini® 3-in-1 Garlic Press

L

I

F
E
T

I

M
E

B
R
A
N
D
S

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
0
8

Lifetime Brands, Inc. 
1000 Stewart Avenue,  
Garden City, New York 11530

The trademarks ® and TM and logos appearing herein are the property of Lifetime Brands, Inc. and/or their respective owners. © 2009. All rights reserved.